M-38 Stern Tube Seals

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 246

- PACKAGE ORDER

Scope of Supply: 1139284

STERNTUBE SEALS SIMPLEX-COMPACT Seal

FLEXI STERNTUBE WITH Stevenrohrlaufbuchsen


BUSHES
BEARINGS Lager

*Building Yard: Hyundai-Vinashin Shipyard Co

*Hull-No / *IMO-No.: S408 9689134

*Name of Ship: HYUNDAI VINASHIN S408*

SHAFT COMPONENTS
Product Documentation
- PACKAGE ORDER

CONTENTS

● Cover Sheet Package


COVER SHEETS ● Contents of Product Documentation PART 0
● Drawing List

SAFETY ● General Notes and Safety Instructions Seals PART 1

TRANSPORT /
STORAGE
● Transportation and Storage Instructions PART 2
• Cover Sheet Sterntube Seals
STERNTUBE SEALS • Operating Manual of Seals PART 3
• Operating Manual of Airspace System
• Seal Drawings

• Cover Sheet Sterntube Bushes


FLEXI STERNTUBE • Operating Manual of Sterntube Bushes PART 4
with BUSHES • Bush Drawings

• Cover Sheet Bearings


BEARINGS • Operating Manual of Bearings PART 5
• Bearing Drawings

OIL LIST ● List of allowed Oil Brands PART 8

● Installation Records
APPENDIX ● General Instructions for Ordering Spare Parts PART 10
● Service Stations - Worldwide
Drawing List

Aft seal SAC:3-567-0309-000.1

Installation tolerances 7-195-1260-000.

Sterntube lub. oil diagram acc.shipyard diagram

Oil tank (30l) SAZ:3-195-4698-000.

Float switch SAZ:4-195-3911-000.

Net Cutter 7-195-0470-000

Tools List Tools List

Spare Parts List Spare Parts List

Forward seal SAC:3-667-0279-000.0

Lub. oil diagram SAZ:3-195-3962-000.

Oil tank (15l) SAZ:3-195-4639-000.

Float switch SAZ:4-195-3912-000.

Plummer Block SLT:3-450-0593-000.1

Anchor bolt SLT:4-450-0015-066.

Chock liner item 70 SLT:4-450-0060-070.

Chock liner item 71 SLT:4-450-0060-071.


Drawing List

Sterntube Bushes SSB:3-513-6108-001.1

Grub screw SSZ:4-559-0075-000.


Simplex-Compact – General and Safety
CONTENTS

Allgemeines und Sicherheit Neutral 09.11.2012 195-0 General and Safety Simplex-Compact
@@ @ 1 @
Pos : 1.1 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Titel Allgemei nes und Sicherheit N eutral @ 7\mod_1352450882075_2.doc @ 43807 @ @ 1

General and Safety

For the delivered Products

Pos : 1.2 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Produktbil d Allgemei nes und Sic herheit N eutral @ 7\mod_1352451037547_0.doc @ 43811 @ @ 1

Pos : 1.3 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 1 / 12

Rev. 09.11.2012 195-0 E_General and Safety_N


Simplex-Compact – General and Safety
CONTENTS

Pos : 1.4 /Abdic htung/C ENTRAX/00 D ec kblatt/00 Modul e/Ü Inhalt @ 7\mod_1352212061267_2.doc @ 43743 @ 1 @ 1

0 CONTENTS
Pos : 1.5 /Abdic htung/C ENTRAX/00 D ec kblatt/00 Modul e/Inhal ts verzeic hnis @ 7\mod_1352211311135_0.doc @ 43710 @ @ 1

0 CONTENTS ....................................................................................................2
1 General ..........................................................................................................3
1.1 Explanation of symbols .......................................................................................3
1.2 Special notation used ..........................................................................................3
1.3 Information regarding the operating manual......................................................4
1.4 Other applicable documents applicable documents .........................................4
1.5 Liability and warranty...........................................................................................5
1.6 Copyright protection ............................................................................................5
1.7 Delivery .................................................................................................................6
1.8 Spare parts............................................................................................................6
1.9 Disposal ................................................................................................................6

2 Safety .............................................................................................................7
2.1 Intended use .........................................................................................................7
2.2 Contents of the operating manual.......................................................................8
2.3 Changes and conversions to the equipment......................................................8
2.4 Responsibility of the customer ...........................................................................8
2.5 Requirements of the personnel ...........................................................................9
2.6 Work Safety...........................................................................................................9
2.7 Personal protective gear....................................................................................10
2.8 Dangers that can arise from the equipment .....................................................11

3 INDEX...........................................................................................................12

Pos : 2 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 2 / 12 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_General and Safety_N 195-0 Rev. 09.11.2012


Simplex-Compact – General and Safety
General

Pos : 3.1 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Allg00 Titel @ 1\mod_1129739381842_2.doc @ 13481 @ 1 @ 1

1 General
Pos : 3.2 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Allg01 Symbol er klär ung @ 1\mod_1129739278563_2.doc @ 13473 @ 2 @ 1

1.1 Explanation of symbols


Important safety-related references in this operating manual are identified by symbols.
These references regarding work safety must absolutely be adhered to and complied with.
Particular care must be taken in these cases to avoid accidents, personal injury and material
damage.

WARNING! Personal injury or death!


This symbol identifies references that, if not complied with, can lead to health
impairment, injuries, permanent bodily damage or to death.

WARNING! Danger from electric current!


This symbol identifies references that, if not complied with, can lead to health
impairment, injuries, permanent bodily damage or to death.

ATTENTION! Danger of material and property damage!


This symbol identifies references that, if not complied with, can lead to
damage, malfunctions and/or breakdown of the equipment.

NOTE!
This symbol indicates tips and information that must be observed to
ensure efficient and trouble-free handling of the equipment.

Pos : 3.3 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Allg02 Sonderkennzeic hnung @ 1\mod_1129739378657_2.doc @ 13477 @ 2 @ 1

1.2 Special notation used


• The numbers in brackets ( ) mark the position numbers on the relevant drawings.
• Data in square brackets [ ] indicates project-specific nominal/rated values. The actual
values can differ from this.
• Bold printed terms refer to the designation of the components as listed in the circuit
diagrams and plans.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 3 / 12

Rev. 09.11.2012 195-0 E_General and Safety_N


Simplex-Compact – General and Safety
General

1.3 Information regarding the operating manual


This operating manual describes the safe and correct handling of the equipment.
The notes on safety and the instructions given, as well as the local accident prevention
guidelines (and general safety rules) applicable for the area of use must be adhered to.
Before starting any work on the equipment, read through the operating manual completely, in
particular the chapter on Safety and the corresponding safety notes. You must have understood
what you have read.
The operating manual is an essential part of the equipment. It must be kept accessible at all
times in close proximity to the equipment (e.g. in the engine control room, general control
rooms). The operating manual must always be passed on to third parties with the equipment.

Pos : 3.5 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Allg04 Mi tgeltende @ 1\mod_1129739787435_2.doc @ 13517 @ 2 @ 1

1.4 Other applicable documents applicable documents


Components from other manufacturers have been fitted into the equipment (e.g. drive motors,
measuring equipment). The risk assessment for these purchased components and the
obligation to ensure that their design is in compliance with the applicable European and national
regulations is incumbent on the manufacturers of said components.
The operating, maintenance and repair manuals from these manufacturers for relevant
equipment components are inseparable parts within this equipment documentation. The
instructions contained in the manufacturer documentation regarding safety, set-up and
installation, as well as operation, maintenance, dismantling and disposal of the components are
to be followed without limitation by the personnel operating the equipment.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 4 / 12 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_General and Safety_N 195-0 Rev. 09.11.2012


Simplex-Compact – General and Safety
General

1.5 Liability and warranty


All information and references in this operating manual were collated while taking into
consideration the applicable regulations, the status of technology and our experience and
findings over many years.
The operating manual must be kept accessible at all times in direct proximity to the equipment
for all persons who are working on or with the equipment.

ATTENTION! Danger of material and property damage!


Read through this operating manual carefully before starting any work on or
with the equipment!
The manufacturer assumes no liability for damages and disruptions that arise
from non-compliance with the operating manual.

The German language version of this operating manual is the authoritative version. Translations
of the operating manual were also carried out with to the best of our knowledge. However, we
cannot assume liability for any translation errors.
The texts and illustrations do not necessarily correspond to the scope of delivery. The drawings
and graphics do not correspond to a ratio of 1:1.
In the case of special designs, or when additional order options have been placed, or as a result
of the latest technical changes, the actual scope of delivery can deviate under certain
circumstances from the information and data stated in this manual and may also deviate from
the illustrations or diagrams. If you have any questions, please contact the manufacturer.
We reserve the right to make technical changes to the product within the context of improving
user features and further development.

Pos : 3.7 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Allg06 Ur hebersc hutz @ 1\mod_1129739792683_2.doc @ 13525 @ 2 @ 1

1.6 Copyright protection


The operating manual must be treated as confidential. It is to be used exclusively by those
persons working on and with the equipment.
All contents including but not limited to information, texts, drawings and pictures are protected
as defined by copyright protection law and are subject to other industrial property rights. Any
improper utilization is liable to prosecution.
These operating instructions may only be reproduced in the context of their incorporation into
wider documentation, just as the equipment is incorporated into a wider installation.
Beyond this it is not permitted to pass on the operating manual to third parties, to make
reproductions in whatever type or form - even extracts - or to recycle and/or communicate the
contents without written permission by Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH (manufacturer).
Violations incur the obligation to pay compensation. All other rights reserved.
We reserve the right to exercise industrial property rights.

Pos : 3.8 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Allg07 Li eferung @ 1\mod_1129739795316_2.doc @ 13529 @ 2 @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 5 / 12

Rev. 09.11.2012 195-0 E_General and Safety_N


Simplex-Compact – General and Safety
General

1.7 Delivery
Examine the delivery on receipt for transport damage.
Report any damage immediately to the carrier and make a note of it on the delivery note.
Check the scope of delivery immediately for completeness.
Contact the manufacturer as soon as possible if any parts are missing.

ATTENTION! Danger of material and property damage!


Only operate the equipment with parts that belong to the scope of delivery.

Pos : 3.10 /Allgemein/Module Kothes /Allg08 Ersatzteile @ 1\mod_1129739798221_2.doc @ 13533 @ 2 @ 1

1.8 Spare parts


Only use original spare parts from the manufacturer.

ATTENTION! Danger of material damage!


Wrong or faulty spare parts can lead to damage, malfunctions or complete
breakdown of the equipment.

If you use non-released spare parts, all guarantee, service, compensation and liability claims
against the manufacturer or his agents, dealers and representatives become null and void.

Pos : 3.11 /Allgemein/Module Kothes /Allg09 Entsorgung @ 1\mod_1129740067668_2.doc @ 13537 @ 2 @ 1

1.9 Disposal
As long as no agreement has been made regarding return or disposal, relevant components are
to be recycled following appropriate dismantling:

• Scrap metal material remains


• Take plastic elements to plastics recycling
• Dispose of remaining components that are sorted according to material composition

ATTENTION! Danger of material and property damage!


Electrical scrap, electronic components, lubricants and other auxiliary
substances as well as some metals (e.g. cadmium) are subject to hazardous
waste treatment and may only be disposed of by permitted specialist
companies!

Pos : 4 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 6 / 12 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_General and Safety_N 195-0 Rev. 09.11.2012


Simplex-Compact – General and Safety
Safety

Pos : 5.1 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Sicher00 Titel @ 1\mod_1129739700080_2.doc @ 13509 @ 1 @ 1

2 Safety
At the time of its development and manufacture, the equipment was built according to
applicable, recognized rules of technology and is considered to be safe to operate.
However, risks can arise from this equipment if it is not used by appropriately trained personnel,
or if it is operated incorrectly or not according to the intended use.
The Chapter "Safety" gives an overview of all important safety aspects for the optimum
protection of persons and the safe, trouble-free operation of the equipment.
In addition to this, the other chapters in this operating manual contain concrete safety notes
identified by symbols to avert danger. Furthermore, pictograms, signs and labels located on the
equipment must be observed. This means that they may not be removed and must be kept in a
good, legible condition.

Pos : 5.2 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Sicher01 Besti mmung Neutr al @ 7\mod_1352449723736_2.doc @ 43793 @ 2 @ 1

2.1 Intended use

The intended use of the delivered products (also referred to as "equipment" in the
following) is defined in the relevant documentation of the equipment.

Operational safety is only guaranteed if the equipment is used according to the intended use.

ATTENTION! Danger of material and property damage!


Any use that goes beyond the intended use and/or any other use of the
equipment is prohibited and is not considered intended use.
Claims of any kind against the manufacturer and/or his representatives that
arise from damage due to non-intended use of the equipment are excluded.
The customer is solely liable for any damage arising from non-intended use.

Intended use also includes correct adherence to the operating conditions as well as the
information and instructions of this operating manual.
The equipment may only be operated with the parts listed in the scope of delivery.
The equipment is intended only for the stipulated application mentioned above.
Any other or additional usage shall be considered not as specified.
The specified use includes also following the operating instructions and adhering to the
inspection and maintenance conditions.
Usage not in accordance with specifications shall lead to the loss of all warranty rights.

Pos : 5.3 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 7 / 12

Rev. 09.11.2012 195-0 E_General and Safety_N


Simplex-Compact – General and Safety
Safety

Pos : 5.4 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Sicher02 Inhal t @ 1\mod_1129740220788_2.doc @ 13545 @ 2 @ 1

2.2 Contents of the operating manual


Each person authorized to carry out work on or with the equipment must have read and
understood the operating manual before starting work on the equipment. This also applies if the
relevant person has already worked with this kind of equipment or similar equipment or if that
person was trained by the manufacturer.
Knowledge of the contents of the operating manual is one of the prerequisites to protect
personnel against danger, and to avoid errors so that the equipment is operated safely and
trouble-free.
The customer is recommended to obtain confirmation proving that personnel have
acknowledged the contents of the operational manual.

Pos : 5.5 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Sicher03 Ver änderungen @ 1\mod_1129740223682_2.doc @ 13549 @ 2 @ 1

2.3 Changes and conversions to the equipment


To avoid danger and to ensure optimum performance, no changes or attachments and
conversions are allowed to be carried out on the equipment which have not been explicitly
authorized by the manufacturer.
All pictograms, signs and labels located on the equipment must be kept in a good, legible
condition and may not be removed. Pictograms, signs and labels that have been damaged or
become illegible are to be replaced as soon as possible.

Pos : 5.6 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Sicher04 Ver antwortung @ 1\mod_1129740226897_2.doc @ 13553 @ 2 @ 1

2.4 Responsibility of the customer


This operating manual must be kept in direct proximity to the equipment (e.g. in the engine
control room, general control rooms) and must be accessible at all time to persons working on
and with the equipment.
The equipment may only be operated in technically perfect and operationally safe condition.
Before commissioning the equipment, it must be checked for integrity and all control indicators
must be checked to make sure they are fault-free.
Observe the information in the operating manual completely and without limitation!
Together with the safety notes and instructions stated in this operating manual, the local
accident prevention guidelines applicable for the area in which the equipment is used and the
general safety guidelines as well as the applicable environmental protection conditions must be
adhered to and complied with.
The customer and the personnel authorized by him are responsible for the trouble-free
operation of the equipment and for clear allocation of responsibilities with regard to installation,
operation, servicing and cleaning the equipment.
Pos : 5.7 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 8 / 12 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_General and Safety_N 195-0 Rev. 09.11.2012


Simplex-Compact – General and Safety
Safety

Pos : 5.8 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Sicher05 Anfor der ung en @ 1\mod_1129740230452_2.doc @ 13557 @ 2 @ 1

2.5 Requirements of the personnel


Only authorized and trained expert personnel may work on and with the equipment. Personnel
must have received instruction regarding potential dangers.
Expert personnel is defined as whoever can assess the work allocated to him and recognize
potential dangers based on his expert training, knowledge and experience, as well as his
knowledge of pertinent conditions.
If personnel do not have the necessary knowledge, they must be trained.
Responsibilities for work on and with the equipment (installation, operation, servicing and
maintenance) must be clearly determined and adhered to, so that there is no unclear
distribution of competency with regard to safety.
Only those persons who can be expected to work reliably may work on and with the equipment.
Avoid any mode of operation that impairs the safety of persons, the environment or the
equipment.
Persons who are under the influence of drugs, alcohol or reaction-impairing medication must
not work on or with the equipment.
When selecting personnel, the age- and profession-related regulations applicable at the place
where the equipment is being used are to be observed.
The customer must also make sure that non-authorized persons are kept a sufficiently safe
distance away from the equipment.
Personnel are obliged to report to the customer immediately about any changes to the
equipment that impair safety.

Pos : 5.9 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Sicher06 Arbeitssic herheit @ 1\mod_1129740474563_2.doc @ 13561 @ 2 @ 1

2.6 Work Safety


Personal injuries and material damage during work with and on the equipment can be avoided
by following the safety notes and instructions stated in this operating manual.
Non-compliance with these notes can lead to persons being endangered and damage to or
destruction of the equipment.
If the safety notes and instructions stated in this operating manual and the accident prevention
guidelines applicable for the place of use and general safety conditions are not complied with,
then all liability obligations and claims for damage compensation against the manufacturer or
his representatives are excluded.

Pos : 5.10 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 9 / 12

Rev. 09.11.2012 195-0 E_General and Safety_N


Simplex-Compact – General and Safety
Safety

Pos : 5.11 /Allgemein/Module Kothes /Sic her 07 Schutz ausrüs tung @ 1\mod_1129740477568_2.doc @ 13565 @ 2 @ 1

2.7 Personal protective gear


The following should be worn when working on and with the equipment, in line with the work at
hand:

Protective work clothing


Close-fitting work clothing (low tear-resistance, no wide sleeves, no rings or
other jewellery, etc.)

Safety shoes
To protect against heavy, falling parts and slipping on slippery floors.

Protective gloves
To protect the skin against friction, abrasions, piercing and deeper injuries to
the hands and to protect against contact with health-harming substances.

Safety helmet
To protect against falling and flying parts and materials.

Protective goggles
To protect eyes against flying parts and fluids.

Ear defenders
To protect against damage to hearing.

Respiratory protection
To protect against harmful gases, vapours, dusts and similar materials and
media.

Other chapters in this operating manual contain concrete information at corresponding points
regarding the personal protective gear to be worn.

Pos : 5.12 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 10 / 12 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_General and Safety_N 195-0 Rev. 09.11.2012


Simplex-Compact – General and Safety
Safety

Pos : 5.13 /Allgemein/Module Kothes /Sic her 08 Gefahren @ 1\mod_1129740598822_2.doc @ 13569 @ 2 @ 1

2.8 Dangers that can arise from the equipment


The construction and design of the equipment corresponds to the current state of technology.
The equipment is operationally reliable and safe when operated in accordance with the intended
use.
Nevertheless, there is still a residual risk!

The appliance works with high electrical voltage.

WARNING! Danger from electric current!


Electrical energy can cause very severe injuries. If the insulation or individual
components are damaged, there is a mortal danger from the electric current.

• Before servicing, cleaning and repair work, turn off the main switch and secure against
being switched on again.
• De-energize equipment for all work on the electrical system.
• Do not remove any safety features or deactivate them through changes.

Pos : 6 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 11 / 12

Rev. 09.11.2012 195-0 E_General and Safety_N


Simplex-Compact – General and Safety
INDEX

Pos : 7.1 /Abdic htung/C ENTRAX/07 Index/Ü IND EX @ 7\mod_1352210991746_2.doc @ 43707 @ 1 @ 1

3 INDEX
Pos : 7.2 /Abdic htung/C ENTRAX/07 Index/Index Einträge @ 7\mod_1352210685389_0.doc @ 43704 @ @ 1

Applicable documents 4 Personnel 9


Changes to the equipment 8 Protective gear 10
Contents 8 Protective gloves 10
Conversions to the equipment 8 Protective goggles 10
Copyright protection 5 Respiratory protection 10
Customer 8 Responsibility of the customer 8
Dangers 11 Safety 7
Delivery 6 Safety helmet 10
Disposal 6 Safety shoes 10
Ear defenders 10 Spare Parts 6
Equally applicable documents 4 Special notation 3
Expert personnel 9 Symbols 3
Explanation of symbols 3 Warranty 5
Intended use 7 Work clothing 10
Liability 5 Work safety 9
Operating manual 4

=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Inhalt ===

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 12 / 12 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_General and Safety_N 195-0 Rev. 09.11.2012


Simplex-Seals – Transportation and Storage
CONTENTS

Transport und Lagerung Seals_neu 09.11.2012 © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH Transportation and Storage Simplex-Seals
@@ @ 1 @

Transportation and
Storage

Pos : 1.1 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Titel Gener al and Safety Seals @ 7\mod_1352456318267_2.doc @ 43823 @ @ 1

Instructions for
Simplex-Compact
Seals
Pos : 1.2 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Produktbil d Gener al and Safety Seals @ 7\mod_1352456332487_0.doc @ 43827 @ @ 1

Pos : 1.3 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 1 / 9

Rev. 09.11.2012 © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH E_Transportation and Storage_Seals


Simplex-Seals – Transportation and Storage
CONTENTS

Pos : 1.4 /Abdic htung/C ENTRAX/00 D ec kblatt/00 Modul e/Ü Inhalt @ 7\mod_1352212061267_2.doc @ 43743 @ 1 @ 1

0 CONTENTS
Pos : 1.5 /Abdic htung/C ENTRAX/00 D ec kblatt/00 Modul e/Inhal ts verzeic hnis @ 7\mod_1352211311135_0.doc @ 43710 @ @ 1

0 CONTENTS ....................................................................................................2
1 TRANSPORTATION ......................................................................................3
1.1 Packing of Seals and Auxiliaries.........................................................................3
1.2 Handling of Equipment ........................................................................................4
1.2.1 Transport of Equipment.....................................................................................................4
1.2.2 (Intermediate-) Storage .....................................................................................................5
1.2.3 Delivery of Equipment .......................................................................................................5

2 STORAGE ......................................................................................................6
2.1 General Instructions for Storage of Sterntube Seals .........................................6
2.2 Short time storage................................................................................................6
2.3 Long-term storage................................................................................................6
2.4 Long-term installation time..................................................................................7
2.5 General Instructions for Long-Term Storage of Rubber Spare Parts ...............8
2.5.1 Packing Conditions............................................................................................................8
2.5.2 Store Conditions ................................................................................................................9

Pos : 2 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 2 / 9 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_Transportation and Storage_Seals © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH Rev. 09.11.2012


Simplex-Seals – Transportation and Storage
TRANSPORTATION

Pos : 3.1 /Abdic htung/Tr ansport + Lagerung/02 M odul e/Ü Transport @ 4\mod_1256649242156_2.doc @ 31896 @ 1 @ 1

1 TRANSPORTATION
Pos : 3.2 /Abdic htung/Tr ansport + Lagerung/02 M odul e/Tr ans port+Handling Seals @ 1\mod_1133286676593_2.doc @ 14110 @ 22333 @ 1

1.1 Packing of Seals and Auxiliaries


All seal housings except these made from bronze are protected with a primer.
The seals are supported with wooden blocks at the flange ring and laid down horizontally on a
pallet. Each seal is sealed together with desiccant in a plastic bag to avoid rust.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The S.C.-seal may only be taken from its plastic bag just before commencing
with the installation.

NOTE!
The wood blocks which are provided on the housing flange for the protection
of the liner can be removed later.

Each seal is laid on the pallet and packed in a cardboard box, for special transports sometimes
in wooden boxes also.
Auxiliaries as bolts, tanks, valves and fittings are also packed in a cardboard box.
Electronic and Pneumatic Panels are ready painted and packed in a cardboard box on a pallet
also.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 3 / 9

Rev. 09.11.2012 © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH E_Transportation and Storage_Seals


Simplex-Seals – Transportation and Storage
TRANSPORTATION

1.2 Handling of Equipment

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The equipment is susceptible to damage.

As the delivered equipment has a moderate weight, this can be handled by fork lifter. Therefore
lift it with the forks from the bottom side of the pallet.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Do not move the boxes on the pallet by fork lifter.

If needed, the boxes can be lifted by lugs. Therefore lift it always together with the pallets.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Use suitable and approved lifting devices only.

1.2.1 Transport of Equipment

CAUTION! Handle with care!


• Protect the equipment against solar radiation and other influence of the
weather.
• Transport the boxes always horizontal on their pallets.
• Secure the boxes together with their pallets against slip.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 4 / 9 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_Transportation and Storage_Seals © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH Rev. 09.11.2012


Simplex-Seals – Transportation and Storage
TRANSPORTATION

1.2.2 (Intermediate-) Storage


Protect the Equipment during any storage, both during intermediate storage during transport
and storage after delivery prior to installation.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Protect the equipment against:
• solar radiation, and rain
• other influence of the weather as cold and moisture
• mechanical load.

NOTE!
It is recommended to store the equipment in darkened warehouses with hard
roof and heating.

1.2.3 Delivery of Equipment


Examine the delivery on receipt for transport damage.
Report any damage immediately to the carrier and make a note of it on the delivery note.
Check the scope of delivery immediately for completeness.
Contact the manufacturer as soon as possible if any parts are missing.

Pos : 4 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 5 / 9

Rev. 09.11.2012 © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH E_Transportation and Storage_Seals


Simplex-Seals – Transportation and Storage
STORAGE

Pos : 5.1 /Abdic htung/Tr ansport + Lagerung/02 M odul e/Ü Lagerung @ 4\mod_1256649474078_2.doc @ 31904 @ 2 @ 1

2 STORAGE
Pos : 5.2 /Abdic htung/Tr ansport + Lagerung/02 M odul e/Langzei tlager ung Seals @ 1\mod_1133285254168_2.doc @ 14075 @ 2222 @ 1

2.1 General Instructions for Storage of Sterntube Seals

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Disassembly and mounting of the sterntube seals must be carried out by
trained personnel only.

2.2 Short time storage


For storing the seal the following must be considered for a period of up to 6 months between
delivery ex works and installation on board the vessel:

• The seal must to be left in packing.


• The plastic bag may only be opened just before installation on board.
• The packed seal should be stored dry at an ambient temperature between +15°C and
+25°C until the transport on board for installation.
• The storing position of the cases must be taken into account.

2.3 Long-term storage


If it is obvious that storing of the part will exceed 6 months, the seal must be special packed.
For this (in addition to the measures mentioned above):

• The seals must be disassembled.


• The liner has to be removed and packed separately in a closed plastic bag (with dry cells).
The liner must be stored vertically.
• All elastomers to be removed and stored separately as mentioned in our
“General Instructions for Long-Term Storage of Rubber Spare Parts”.
For this purpose (among other things) the sealing rings must be stored within their original
package (from BVI) with inner and outer supporting ring).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Under the conditions mentioned above, Ceramic coated liners can be used
within a storage time of max. 2 years, after this period the coating must be
renewed by the maker.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 6 / 9 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_Transportation and Storage_Seals © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH Rev. 09.11.2012


Simplex-Seals – Transportation and Storage
STORAGE

2.4 Long-term installation time


If the seal is assembled to the ship, but the ship is under construction for a period longer than
6 months without being afloat special care must be taken:

CAUTION! Handle with care!


When filling the tank and the chambers on the eighth proper lubrication
system.

• The free surface of the forward liner must be coated with grease (i.e. SHELL Alvania EP2 or
high viscosity oil) to avoid rust on cast iron liner.
• Fill up all seal chambers with oil or grease (also chamber 1 at aft seal).
• The area between liner flange and seal housing of aft and forward seal should be protected
by foam, fixed with tape.
• The seals must be sufficient protected against dirt (i.e. paint and sandblasting).

Before launching:

• Remove grease or any protection from seals.


• The seals must be opened and the condition of the sealing rings must be checked by BVI
engineer. If they are no longer suitable for operation, they have to be renewed by bonding.
• Fill up all chambers and tanks with oil or grease.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 7 / 9

Rev. 09.11.2012 © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH E_Transportation and Storage_Seals


Simplex-Seals – Transportation and Storage
STORAGE

2.5 General Instructions for Long-Term Storage of Rubber Spare Parts


(Sealing Rings, Rubber Rings)

On condition that the sealing rings are properly stored as described below,

Perbunan sealing rings can be used within a storage time of 4 years and
Viton sealing rings can be used within a storage time of 6 years.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


A non-compliance of these instructions will result in a reduced service life of
the sealing rings.

2.5.1 Packing Conditions


The sealing rings and rubber rings have to be stored tension-free without generating any
stresses in order to avoid any deformation as well as resulting cracks.

• The sealing rings must be stored within their original package (with inner and outer
supporting ring).
• They must be stored in a horizontally position.
• The rubber products must be packed into paper, polyethylene or polyamide.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 8 / 9 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_Transportation and Storage_Seals © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH Rev. 09.11.2012


Simplex-Seals – Transportation and Storage
STORAGE

2.5.2 Store Conditions


The store shall be cool, dry, dust free and moderately ventilated under the following conditions:

Temperature:
Between -50° and -10°C each sealing ring must be stored individually (not in a pile) in order to
avoid stress from top.
Between -10° and +25°C sealing rings can be stored piled up (one upon another).
Higher temperatures than +25°C are allowed for short periods only.
When removing sealing rings from storage take special care not to deform them.
Before installation, all rubber products need to be warmed up to at least 5°to 10°C .
Humidity:
Storage in damp stores is not allowed and condensation absolutely must be avoided. The
recommended relative humidity is 65 % .
Heating:
In heated stores the sealing and rubber rings have to be protected from the source of heating.
The distance between source of heating and rubber products shall be 1 m minimum. In heated
stores having forced (ventilated) heating a greater distance is requested.
Lighting:
The sealing and rubber rings have to be protected from direct sunlight and strong artificial light
having a high ultra-violet content.
The windows of the store therefore have to be provided with red or orange protective coating
(by no means blue). Lighting by normal bulbs is preferred.
Ozone:
Ozone has a highly negative effect on rubber materials. Therefore the store may not have any
ozone-producing installations such as electrical discharges.
Others:
Detergents, petrol, lubricants, chemicals, acids and disinfection materials may not be stored
together with the sealing rings and rubber rings.

=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Inhalt ===

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 9 / 9

Rev. 09.11.2012 © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH E_Transportation and Storage_Seals


Simplex Sterntube Bushes
Transportation and Storage
CONTENTS

@@ @ 1 @

Transportation and
Storage
Item: 1.1 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Titel Gener al and Safety Seals @ 7\mod_1352456318267_1.doc @ 43824 @ @ 1

Instructions for
Simplex
Sterntube Bushes
Item: 1.2 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Pr oduktbil d Gener al and Safety Seals @ 7\mod_1352456332487_0.doc @ 43828 @ @ 1

Item: 1.3 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0 \mod9_1.doc @ 626 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 1 / 7
Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

Rev. 1 October 2013Fehler! Kein Text mit angegebener Formatvorlage im Dokument. E_Transportation and Storage_Sterntube
Bushes
Simplex Sterntube Bushes
Transportation and Storage
CONTENTS

Item: 1.4 /Abdic htung/C ENTRAX/00 Dec kbl att/00 M odul e/Ü Inhalt @ 7 \mod_1352212061267_1.doc @ 43741 @ 1 @ 1

0 CONTENTS
Item: 1.5 /Abdic htung/C ENTRAX/00 Dec kbl att/00 M odul e/Inhalts verz eic hnis @ 7\mod_1352211311135_0.doc @ 43708 @ @ 1

0 CONTENTS ....................................................................................................2
1 TRANSPORTATION ......................................................................................3
1.1 Packaging of sterntube bushes and accessories .............................................. 3
1.2 Handling of the equipment .................................................................................. 4
1.2.1 Transport of the equipment ...............................................................................................5
1.2.2 (Intermediate) Storage ......................................................................................................6
1.2.3 Delivery of the equipment ..................................................................................................6

2 STORAGE ......................................................................................................7
2.1 General instructions on the storage of sterntube bushes ................................. 7
2.2 Short-term storage ............................................................................................... 7
2.3 Long-term storage ................................................................................................ 7
2.4 Long-term installation period .............................................................................. 7

Item: 2 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_1.doc @ 626 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 2 / 7
Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_Transportation and Storage_Sterntube BushesFehler! Kein Text mit angegebener Formatvorlage im Dokument. Rev. 1 October
2013
Simplex Sterntube Bushes
Transportation and Storage
TRANSPORTATION

Item: 3.1 /Abdic htung/Tr ans port + Lag erung/02 M odul e/Ü Tr ansport @ 4\mod_1256649242156_1.doc @ 31897 @ 1 @ 1

1 TRANSPORTATION
Item: 3.2 /Abdic htung/Tr ans port + Lag erung/02 M odul e/Trans port+Handli ng Seals @ 1\mod_1133286676593_1.doc @ 14111 @ 22333 @ 1

1.1 Packaging of sterntube bushes and accessories


The aft sterntube bush and the forward sterntube bush are delivered in individual protective
packaging on one pallet each. The shell area is protected with Lamyflex. The open ends of the
sterntube bushes are covered with a lid.

Aft and forward sterntube bushes packed


for transport

Fig. 1: Sterntube bushes

Accessories such as, for example,


temperature sensor Pt100, and/or
distribution boxes are separately packaged
and delivered with the sterntube bushes.

Fig. 2: Accessories for sterntube bushes

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 3 / 7
Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

Rev. 1 October 2013Fehler! Kein Text mit angegebener Formatvorlage im Dokument. E_Transportation and Storage_Sterntube
Bushes
Simplex Sterntube Bushes
Transportation and Storage
TRANSPORTATION

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The should be removed from its packaging only immediately prior to its
installation on board.

1.2 Handling of the equipment

The supplied sterntube bushes can be easily moved by a forklift truck, due to the packaging
design.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Always use the prongs of the forklift truck to lift the sterntube bushes from
the bottom side of the pallets.

Observe the notes, which can be found on the face side of the sterntube bushes lids.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 4 / 7
Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_Transportation and Storage_Sterntube BushesFehler! Kein Text mit angegebener Formatvorlage im Dokument. Rev. 1 October
2013
Simplex Sterntube Bushes
Transportation and Storage
TRANSPORTATION

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The equipment is sensitive to damages.

The sterntube bushes can be hoisted and moved either when secured with straps on pallets or
packed in crates. Always lift them together with the pallets.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Only use suitable and approved hoists.

1.2.1 Transport of the equipment

CAUTION! Handle with care!


 Protect the equipment against rain and humidity and other weather
conditions

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 5 / 7
Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

Rev. 1 October 2013Fehler! Kein Text mit angegebener Formatvorlage im Dokument. E_Transportation and Storage_Sterntube
Bushes
Simplex Sterntube Bushes
Transportation and Storage
TRANSPORTATION

1.2.2 (Intermediate) Storage


Protect the equipment during all types of storage; this can be an intermediate storage during
transport or storage between delivery and installation.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Protect the equipment against:
 insolation and rain,
 other weather conditions such as cold and humidity, as well as
 mechanical loading.

NOTE!
It is recommended to store the equipment only in warehouses with a solid
roof and a heating system.

1.2.3 Delivery of the equipment


At the time of the arrival, check the delivery for transport damages. In case of damages, notify
the carrier immediately and indicate these on the delivery note.
Check the scope of delivery immediately for completeness. Contact the manufacturer
immediately in case of missing parts.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


 Protect the equipment against rain and humidity and other weather
conditions

Item: 4 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_1.doc @ 626 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 6 / 7
Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_Transportation and Storage_Sterntube BushesFehler! Kein Text mit angegebener Formatvorlage im Dokument. Rev. 1 October
2013
Simplex Sterntube Bushes
Transportation and Storage
STORAGE

Item: 5.1 /Abdic htung/Tr ans port + Lag erung/02 M odul e/Ü Lagerung @ 4\mod_1256649474078_1.doc @ 31905 @ 2 @ 1

2 STORAGE
Item: 5.2 /Abdic htung/Tr ans port + Lag erung/02 M odul e/Langzeitl ager ung Seals @ 1\mod_1133285254168_1.doc @ 14077 @ 2222 @ 1

2.1 General instructions on the storage of sterntube bushes

WARNING! Danger of injury or mortal danger!


The installation of the sterntube bushes may only be performed by trained
staff.

2.2 Short-term storage


Up to a period of 6 months between leaving the factory and installation on board, the following
must be taken into account with regard to storage:

 Leave the bearing in its packaging.


 Store the packed parts in dry conditions until they are transported on board.
 Pay attention to the position designation on the crates.
 The packaging of the bearing must only be opened immediately prior to the installation on
board.

2.3 Long-term storage


If it can be anticipated that the storage of the component exceeds 6 months the preservation
must be renewed with an appropriate oil.
Otherwise the measures described for short-term storage apply.

2.4 Long-term installation period


If the sterntube bushes has already been installed on board, but it can be anticipated that
without being launched, it still requires work for a period exceeding 6 months then, special
measures must be provided:

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The equipment is sensitive to damages.

 Ensure that the protection by preservation is sufficient


 Protect the sterntube bushes sufficiently against any penetration of dirt (such as paint and
sand-blasting).

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 7 / 7
Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

Rev. 1 October 2013Fehler! Kein Text mit angegebener Formatvorlage im Dokument. E_Transportation and Storage_Sterntube
Bushes
Simplex-Bearings – Transportation and Storage
CONTENTS

Transport und Lagerung Bearings 12.03.2013 © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH Transportation and Storage Simplex-Bearings
@@ @ 1 @

Transportation and
Storage

Pos : 1.1 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Titel Gener al and Safety Bearings @ 7\mod_1363086432577_2.doc @ 44597 @ @ 1

Instructions for
Simplex Bearings

Pos : 1.2 /Allgemei n/M odule Kothes/Produktbil d Gener al and Safety Bearings @ 7\mod_1363086453482_0.doc @ 44601 @ @ 1

Pos : 1.3 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 1 / 8

Rev. 12.03.2013 © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH E_Transportation and Storage_Bearings


Simplex-Bearings – Transportation and Storage
CONTENTS

Pos : 1.4 /Abdic htung/C ENTRAX/00 D ec kblatt/00 Modul e/Ü Inhalt @ 7\mod_1352212061267_2.doc @ 43743 @ 1 @ 1

0 CONTENTS
Pos : 1.5 /Abdic htung/C ENTRAX/00 D ec kblatt/00 Modul e/Inhal ts verzeic hnis @ 7\mod_1352211311135_0.doc @ 43710 @ @ 1

0 CONTENTS ....................................................................................................2
1 TRANSPORTATION ......................................................................................3
1.1 Packing of Bearings and Auxiliaries ...................................................................3
1.2 Handling of Equipment ........................................................................................3
1.2.1 Transport of Equipment.....................................................................................................4
1.2.2 (Intermediate-) Storage .....................................................................................................4
1.2.3 Delivery of Equipment .......................................................................................................4

2 STORAGE ......................................................................................................5
2.1 General Instructions for Storage of Simplex Bearings ......................................5
2.2 Short time storage................................................................................................5
2.3 Long-term storage................................................................................................5
2.4 Long-term installation time..................................................................................6
2.5 General Instructions for Long-Term Storage of Rubber Spare Parts ...............7
2.5.1 Packing Conditions............................................................................................................7
2.5.2 Store Conditions ................................................................................................................8

Pos : 2 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 2 / 8 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_Transortation and Storage_Bearings © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH Rev. 12.03.2013


Simplex-Bearings – Transportation and Storage
TRANSPORTATION

Pos : 3.1 /Abdic htung/Tr ansport + Lagerung/02 M odul e/Ü Transport @ 4\mod_1256649242156_2.doc @ 31896 @ 1 @ 1

1 TRANSPORTATION
Pos : 3.2 /Abdic htung/Tr ansport + Lagerung/02 M odul e/Tr ans port+Handling Bearings @ 7\mod_1363090084397_2.doc @ 44605 @ 22333 @ 1

1.1 Packing of Bearings and Auxiliaries


Every bearing with accessories is individually packed in a wooden crate ready for transport.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The Simplex bearing should be removed from its packaging only immediately
prior to its installation on board.

Every bearing is packed on a pallet upright in the assembled state and is protected by a
wooden crate.
In addition, all loose parts are packed in separate boxes.

1.2 Handling of Equipment

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The equipment is susceptible to damage.

The delivered intermediate shaft bearings can be moved by forklift trucks easily since they are
of a moderate weight. To this end, use the prongs to lift the equipment from the bottom side of
the pallets.
If necessary, use hoists to move the crates. Always lift them together with the pallets.

Use hoists to move the thrust bearings packed in crates.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Only use suitable and approved hoists.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


In order to lift the entire thrust bearing with fitted shaft, etc.,
all lifting eyes cast-on at the top part must be used simultaneously.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 3 / 8

Rev. 12.03.2013 © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH E_Transportation and Storage_Bearings


Simplex-Bearings – Transportation and Storage
TRANSPORTATION

1.2.1 Transport of Equipment

CAUTION! Handle with care!


• Protect the equipment against insolation and other weather conditions.

1.2.2 (Intermediate-) Storage


Protect the Equipment during any storage, both during intermediate storage during transport
and storage after delivery prior to installation.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Protect the equipment against:
• solar radiation, and rain
• other influence of the weather as cold and moisture
• mechanical load.

NOTE!
It is recommended to store the equipment in darkened warehouses with hard
roof and heating.

1.2.3 Delivery of Equipment


At the time of the arrival, check the delivery for transport damages. In case of damages, notify
the carrier immediately and indicate these on the delivery note.
Check the scope of delivery immediately for completeness. Contact the manufacturer
immediately in case of missing parts.

Pos : 4 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 4 / 8 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_Transortation and Storage_Bearings © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH Rev. 12.03.2013


Simplex-Bearings – Transportation and Storage
STORAGE

Pos : 5.1 /Abdic htung/Tr ansport + Lagerung/02 M odul e/Ü Lagerung @ 4\mod_1256649474078_2.doc @ 31904 @ 1 @ 1

2 STORAGE
Pos : 5.2 /Abdic htung/Tr ansport + Lagerung/02 M odul e/Langzei tlager ung Bearings @ 7\mod_1363090496391_2.doc @ 44609 @ 2222 @ 1

2.1 General Instructions for Storage of Simplex Bearings

Warning! Danger of injury or mortal danger!


Only trained staff may perform the assembly and installation of Simplex
bearings, especially when using an optionally available bearing seal.

2.2 Short time storage


Up to a period of 6 months between leaving the factory and installation on board the following
must be taken into account with regard to storage:

• Leave the bearing in its packaging.


• Leave the parts of the bearing seal, if available, in their packaging.
• Store the unpacked parts dry conditions at a temperature between +15 °C and +25 °C until
they are transported on board.
• Pay attention to the position designation on the crates.
• The packaging of the bearing must only be opened immediately prior to the installation on
board.
• The plastic bag of the bearing seals must only be opened immediately prior to the
installation on board.

2.3 Long-term storage


If it can be anticipated that the storage of the component exceeds 6 months, the bearing seal
requires special packaging. To this end (in addition to the measures described above):

• Disassemble the seal.


• Remove the bushings of the bearing seals and store them separately in closed plastic bags
(together with desiccant). The bushings must be stored vertically.
• Remove and store all elastomer parts separately and according to the separate instructions:
“General instructions on the long-term storage of elastomer spare parts”.
To this end, among others, the sealing rings must be kept in their original box (by BVI) with
inner and outer supporting rings.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 5 / 8

Rev. 12.03.2013 © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH E_Transportation and Storage_Bearings


Simplex-Bearings – Transportation and Storage
STORAGE

2.4 Long-term installation time


If the bearing seal has already been installed on board, but it can be anticipated that without
being launched, it still requires work for a period, exceeding 6 months then, special measures
must be provided:

CAUTION! Handle with care!


During filling of the tanks and chambers, make sure the correct lubrication
system is used.

• Cover the free surface of the bushing with grease (for example, SHELL Alvania EP2 or a
highly viscous oil) to prevent rusting of the bushing.
• Fill the chambers of the seal with grease (even chamber 1 of the seal).
• Cover the area between bushing flange and casing of the rear and front seal with foam and
secure with adhesive tape.
• Protect the bearing seals sufficiently against any penetration of dirt (such as paint and sand-
blasting).

Before launching:

• Remove grease and other covering from the bearing seal.


• Recommendation: Have seals opened, and the condition of the sealing rings assessed by a
BVI fitter.
• Fill the bearings with oil and all chambers of the bearing seal with grease according to the
chapter “Commissioning” in the respective operating instructions.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 6 / 8 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_Transortation and Storage_Bearings © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH Rev. 12.03.2013


Simplex-Bearings – Transportation and Storage
STORAGE

2.5 General Instructions for Long-Term Storage of Rubber Spare Parts


(Sealing Rings, Rubber Rings)

On condition that the sealing rings are properly stored as described below,

Perbunan sealing rings can be used within a storage time of 4 years and
Viton sealing rings can be used within a storage time of 6 years.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


A non-compliance of these instructions will result in a reduced service life of
the sealing rings.

2.5.1 Packing Conditions


In order to prevent any deformation or cracking, store sealing rings and O-rings torsion-free
(without generating stresses within the material).

• Keep the sealing rings in the original box with inner and outer supporting rings.
• These must be stored in horizontal position.
• The elastomer parts must be wrapped in paper, polyethylene or polyamide.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 7 / 8

Rev. 12.03.2013 © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH E_Transportation and Storage_Bearings


Simplex-Bearings – Transportation and Storage
STORAGE

2.5.2 Store Conditions


The bearing should be provided with cool, dust-free and moderate ventilation subject to the
following conditions:

Temperature:
Every sealing ring must be stored individually (not stacked) between -50° and -10°C to prevent
compressive loads.
The sealing rings can be stacked (one on top of the other) between -10° and +25°C .
Temperatures exceeding +25°C are only admissible for a short period of time.
Make sure that sealing rings are not deformed while removing them from the bearing.
Prior to installation, the elastomer parts must be warmed to at least 5° to 10°C .
Humidity:
The storage in damp rooms is not permitted; condensation must always be avoided. The
recommended humidity is 65 % .
Heating:
In heated rooms sealing rings and O-rings must be shielded from the heat source. The distance
between the heat source and elastomer parts must be at least 1 m. In heated rooms with
recirculating air heating a greater distance is required.
Lighting:
Protect sealing rings and O-rings from direct sunlight and bright artificial light with high UV
content.
For this purpose, the windows of the storage area must be provided with a red or orange (not
blue) protective coating. Lighting with standard incandescent bulbs is to be preferred.
Ozone:
Ozone has a severe adverse effect on elastomer material. Therefore, no ozone-generating
equipment must be installed in the storage area.
Others:
Never store solvents, gasoline, lubricants, chemicals, acids and disinfectants together with
sealing rings and O-rings.

=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Inhalt ===

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 8 / 8 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_Transortation and Storage_Bearings © Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH Rev. 12.03.2013


*Size 530

*Shaft Ø 490,00

*Serial No. 82073

*Drawing No. SAC:3-567-0309-000.1

*Sealing rings 1: Ps; 2: Vb; 3: Vb; 3R: Vb

*Blohm+Voss Industries 1139284


Order No.:
*Building Yard: Hyundai-Vinashin Shipyard Co

*Hull-No / *IMO-No.: S408 9689134

*Name of Ship: HYUNDAI VINASHIN S408*

SIMPLEX-COMPACT Seal
Aft seal: SC2 M

Operating Manual

* Above particulars must be stated when ordering spare parts!


*Size 530

*Shaft Ø 492,00

*Serial No. 82074

*Drawing No. SAC:3-667-0279-000.0

*Sealing rings v1: Vb; v2: Vb

*Blohm+Voss Industries 1139284


Order No.:
*Building Yard: Hyundai-Vinashin Shipyard Co

*Hull-No / *IMO-No.: S408 9689134

*Name of Ship: HYUNDAI VINASHIN S408*

SIMPLEX-COMPACT Seal
Forward seal: SC2 Z

Operating Manual

* Above particulars must be stated when ordering spare parts!


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
CONTENTS

SC2 M + Z 27.12.2006 Installation and Operating Manual SC2 M+SC2 Z

0 CONTENTS
0 CONTENTS ....................................................................................................1
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION .............................................................................5
1.1 Sterntube Sealing System .................................................... 5
1.2 Aft Simplex-Compact Seal ................................................................................... 6
1.3 Forward Simplex Compact Seal .......................................................................... 8
1.4 Sterntube Oil-Lubrication System with Seals ..................................................... 9
1.4.1 Arrangement of Sterntube .................................................................................................9
1.4.2 Arrangement of Gravity Tank ......................................................................................... 10
1.4.3 Arrangement of Sterntube Lubrication Oil Diagram (natural Circulation) ....................... 11
1.4.4 Arrangement of Sterntube Lubrication Oil Diagram (forced Circulation) ........................ 13
1.4.5 Height Calculation of Gravity Tank ................................................................................. 15
1.4.6 Oil Supply at aft S.C. Seal .............................................................................................. 17
1.4.7 Height Calculation of aft Seal Tank ................................................................................ 19
1.4.8 Oil Supply of forward Seal .............................................................................................. 23

2 INSTALLATION ............................................................................................ 25
2.1 Personal protective Gear for Installation .......................................................... 25
2.2 Installation of Tanks for S.C.-Seals ................................................................... 26
2.2.1 Installation of the aft Seal Oil-Tank with Piping .............................................................. 26
2.2.2 Installation of the forward Seal Oil-Tank with Piping ...................................................... 27
2.2.3 Installation of the Float Switch (optional) ....................................................................... 29
2.3 General about Installation of S.C.-Seals ........................................................... 30
2.3.1 Installation Sketch of aft Seal ......................................................................................... 31
2.3.2 Installation Sketch of forward Seal ................................................................................. 32
2.4 Installation of Fittings and Pipes ....................................................................... 33
2.4.1 Installation of Oil Piping within the Sterntube ................................................................. 33
2.4.2 Pressure Test of Piping within the Sterntube ................................................................. 37
2.4.3 Installation of Piping outside the Sterntube .................................................................... 37
2.4.4 Ending the Pipe Work ..................................................................................................... 38
2.5 Installation if the Propeller Shaft is drawn-out from the Inside....................... 39
2.5.1 Installation of forward S.C.-Seal (Shaft from Inside) ..................................................... 39
2.5.2 Installation of the aft S.C.-Seal (Shaft from Inside) ....................................................... 42
2.6 Installation if the Propeller Shaft is drawn-in from the Outside ...................... 46
2.6.1 Installation of aft S.C.-Seal (Shaft from Outside) .......................................................... 46
2.6.2 Installation of aft S.C.-Seal (Shaft from Outside) .......................................................... 47
2.6.3 Installation of forward S.C.-Seal (Shaft from Outside) .................................................. 51
2.7 Alignment of aft Seal Liner ................................................................................ 54
2.7.1 Alignment work on the aft liner ....................................................................................... 54

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 1 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
CONTENTS

2.7.2 Normal Method to realign the aft Seal Liner ................................................................... 55


2.7.3 Final Securing of fastening Screws at aft Seal ............................................................... 56
2.7.4 Alternative Gasket between Propeller and aft Seal Liner (Optional) .............................. 58
2.7.5 Electrical Isolation of aft Seal Liner (Optional) ............................................................... 59
2.8 Alignment of forward S.C.-seal.......................................................................... 61
2.8.1 Alignment work on the forward liner ............................................................................... 61
2.8.2 Aligning the Clamp Ring of the forward Liner ................................................................. 62
2.8.3 Alignment of the forward Seal Liner ............................................................................... 63
2.8.4 Normal Method to realign the forward Seal Liner ........................................................... 64
2.8.5 Final Securing of fastening Screws at forward S.C.-seal ............................................... 65
2.9 Measures to be taken after Fitting the S.C.-Seals ............................................ 66
2.10 Checking the Propeller Shaft Bearing with B+V Wear down Gauge ................. 66
2.10.1 General ........................................................................................................................... 66
2.10.2 Schedule for Measuring ................................................................................................. 67
2.10.3 Preparation for Measuring .............................................................................................. 68
2.10.4 Measuring Procedure ..................................................................................................... 70
2.10.5 Example for Wear Down Gauge Reading ...................................................................... 72
2.11 Corrosion Protection ............................................................................................ 73
2.11.1 General ........................................................................................................................... 73
2.11.2 Ring Anode ..................................................................................................................... 73
2.11.3 Block Anodes (optional) ................................................................................................. 75
2.12 Coating the S.C.-Seals.......................................................................................... 76
2.12.1 Anticorrosive Paint at aft S.C.-seal................................................................................. 76
2.12.2 Final Paint at forward S.C.-seal ...................................................................................... 77
2.13 Installation of the Net Pick-Up (Option)............................................................... 78
2.14 Net-Cutters (Option) ............................................................................................. 80

3 COMMISSIONING ........................................................................................ 81
3.1 Personal protective Gear for Commissioning .................................................. 81
3.2 Pressure Tests and Filling of Sterntube Seals ................................................. 82
3.2.1 Pressure Test of aft Seal ................................................................................................ 82
3.2.2 Pressure Test of forward Seal ........................................................................................ 87
3.3 Filling Quantity of the aft and forward S.C.-Seal .............................................. 89

4 OPERATION................................................................................................. 90
4.1 Personal protective Gear for Operating ............................................................ 90
4.2 System Overview for Operation ........................................................................ 91
4.3 Preparing the Lubrication System for Operation ............................................. 92
4.4 Operation of the Seals ....................................................................................... 92
4.4.1 Normal Operation ........................................................................................................... 93
4.4.2 Operation when Ring#3 is damaged .............................................................................. 94
4.5 Tank Selection at 2 Tank System (optional) ..................................................... 95

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 2 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
CONTENTS

5 MAINTENANCE ........................................................................................... 97
5.1 Personal protective Gear for Maintenance ....................................................... 97
5.2 Maintenance of the Seal ..................................................................................... 98
5.2.1 Long Term Maintenance of the aft Seal ......................................................................... 98
5.2.2 Long Term Maintenance of the forward S.C.-seal ......................................................... 99
5.3 Lubrication Control and Maintenance of the Oil Tanks ................................. 100
5.3.1 General about Lubrication Control ............................................................................... 100
5.3.2 Lubrication Control ....................................................................................................... 101

6 REPAIR ...................................................................................................... 105


6.1 Personal protective Gear for Repair................................................................ 105
6.2 Procedure before docking the Ship ................................................................ 106
6.3 Measurements directly after dry-docking the Ship ........................................ 107
6.3.1 Realization of Measures at the aft S.C.-seal ................................................................ 108
6.3.2 Realization of Measures at the forward S.C.-seal ........................................................ 109
6.4 Exchange of the Sealing Rings by Bonding Device ....................................... 110
6.5 Use of the Distance Ring at aft Seal (optional) ............................................... 112
6.5.1 Removing the Distance Ring without any Shaft Work.................................................. 113
6.5.2 Afterwards Assembly of Distance Ring without any Shaft Work .................................. 115
6.6 Shifting the forward Liner into new Wearing Areas ....................................... 118
6.6.1 Installation Situation ..................................................................................................... 118
6.6.2 Working Steps for shifting the Liner ............................................................................. 119
6.7 Removing the complete S.C.-Seals ................................................................. 121
6.7.1 Designation of Sealing Rings at aft Seal ...................................................................... 121
6.7.2 Preparing the complete aft Seal for Transport to the Workshop .................................. 122
6.7.3 Designation of Sealing Rings at forward S.C.-seal ...................................................... 123
6.7.4 Preparing the complete forward S.C.-seal for Transport to the Workshop .................. 123
6.7.5 Removal of S.C.-seals if the Shaft is drawn-in to the Inside ........................................ 124
6.7.6 Removal of S.C.-Seals if the Shaft is drawn-out to the Outside .................................. 126
6.8 Exchange the Sealing Rings of S.C.-Seals ..................................................... 127
6.8.1 Disassemble the aft Seal in the Workshop .................................................................. 127
6.8.2 Exchange the Sealing Rings of the aft S.C.-seal in the Workshop .............................. 128
6.8.3 Reassemble the aft Seal in the Workshop ................................................................... 130
6.8.4 Disassemble the forward S.C.-seal in the Workshop ................................................... 131
6.8.5 Exchange the Sealing Rings of the forward S.C.-seal in the Workshop ...................... 132
6.8.6 Reassemble the forward S.C.-seal in the Workshop ................................................... 133
6.9 Remachining of Liners ..................................................................................... 134
6.9.1 Sketch: Skimming of aft Liner ....................................................................................... 134
6.9.2 Sketch: Skimming of forward Seal Liner ...................................................................... 135
6.9.3 Table for Skimming of aft and forward Seal Liners ...................................................... 135
6.9.4 Skimming of Liner Surfaces ......................................................................................... 136
6.9.5 Shortening the Springs of Sealing Rings ..................................................................... 137

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 3 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
CONTENTS

7 TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................................................... 138


7.1 Naming of Sealing Rings ................................................................................. 138
7.2 Sterntube (oil filled) .......................................................................................... 139
7.3 Emulsion in Sterntube (oil filled) ..................................................................... 141
7.4 Aft Seal, Type M ................................................................................................ 142
7.5 Forward seal, Type Z ........................................................................................ 144

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 4 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Pos : 1.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/01_Aufbau F unktion/01 Module/Ü GENER AL D ESCRIPTION @ 1\mod_1133287438739_2.doc @ 14146

1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Pos : 1.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/01_Aufbau F unktion/01 Module/Sys tem h+ v/Seal Sys tem M+Z @ 1\mod_1139239132832_2.doc @ 15373

1.1 Sterntube Sealing System


Types: SC2 M + SC2 Z
The Sterntube Sealing System consists of an aft seal and a forward seal and must be always
viewed as an overall system together with the sterntube and the corresponding tanks.

STERNTUBE

Fig. 1a: Aft sterntube seal Fig. 1b: Forward sterntube seal
Type SC2 M Type SC2 Z

The aft seal is located at the aft end of the sterntube, installed between sterntube boss and
propeller hub and is operating in the seawater.
The forward seal is located at the bow side of the sterntube in the engine room. It is fixed at the
forward sterntube boss and on the propeller shaft by a clamp ring.

The details abut the aft and forward seal as well as the whole lubrication system is described in
this chapter “GENERAL DESCRIPTION”

Pos : 1.3 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 5 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Pos : 1.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/01_Aufbau F unktion/01 Module/hi nten- neu/SC2 M @ 1\mod_1142340527978_2.doc @ 16015

1.2 Aft Simplex-Compact Seal


Type: SC2 M

Fig. 2: Aft Seal Type: SC2 M

1 Liner 38 Intermediate Ring


2 Flange Ring 65 Distance Ring (optional)
3 Intermediate Ring 87 Corrosion Protection
4 Intermediate Ring
5 Cover Ring
#1 Sealing Ring (31) I Chamber
#2 Sealing Ring (6) II Chamber
#3R Spare Sealing Ring (6) III Chamber
#3 Sealing Ring (6)

NOTE!
The naming of the sealing rings #1, #2, #3R and #3 is done according to the
counting in the sterntube lubrication diagram.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 6 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

The aft S.C.-seal consists essentially of the stationary part, the casing with four sealing rings
(31) and (6), and the rotating part, the liner (1) with pertaining zinc anodes (87).
The casing itself consists of individual rings which are bolted together (2), (38), (3), (4), (5),
between which the four sealing rings (31), (6) are housed. They are arranged in a way that
sealing rings #1 (31) and #2 (6) facing against seawater and sealing ring #3R (6) and #3 (6)
facing against the sterntube. The sealing ring #1 (31) serves mainly as a dirt deflector, while
sealing ring #2 (6) seals against sea water. The seal ring #3 (6) clamped between the housing
rings (2) and (38) is the active ring. The seal ring #3R (6) clamped between the housing rings
(38) and (4) is a spare ring, which is running without load, due to an external bypass. The spare
ring #3R (6) can be activated, when sealing ring #3 (6) is damaged.

The aft S.C.-seal is further provided with a pressure control. This pressure control system
consists of a 30 L oil tank, which is connected to the chambers II + III of the aft seal by two
pipes.

The specific features of this aft S.C.-seal are as follows:

 The pressure in chamber II (and III) of the S.C.-seal is exactly set by the aft seal 30 L oil
tank level; hence any technically relevant pressure variations will not occur.
 Defined differential pressure and lubrication of the sealing rings at the aft seal. Therefore
increased operational reliability of sealing rings (31), (6) and liner (1).
 By controlling the level within the 30 L oil tank conclusions can be drawn about the
functional control of the S.C.-seal.
 Due to an external bypass of chambers II + III via oil pipes and the 30 L oil tank, the
chambers II and III are pressurised with the same pressure, meaning there is no differential
pressure over the seal ring #3R (6) which is then running as a spare ring. If the seal ring #3
(6) is damaged, the spare ring #3R (6) can be activated by closing the shut off valve Z2 in
the oil supply pipe between the 30 L oil tank and the chamber III.
 A separate vent line enables an afterwards filling of chamber II with the ship afloat.
 Since this system operates independently of any other source of energy, a power failure will
not affect the pressure conditions prevailing in the S.C.-seal.

Further details relating to individual parts and materials, from which the S.C.-seal is made are
shown in the enclosed parts list.

Pos : 1.5 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 7 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Pos : 1.6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/01_Aufbau F unktion/01 Module/vor ne- neu/SC 2 v Z @ 1\mod_1129790228233_2.doc @ 13601

1.3 Forward Simplex Compact Seal


Type: SC2 Z

Fig. 3: Forward Seal Type: SC2 Z

1 Liner 5 Sealing Rings (V1 and V2)


2 Flange Ring 6 Clamp Ring (split)
3 Intermediate Ring 22 Circulator
4 Cover Ring X Oil Chamber

The forward S.C.-seal consists essentially of the stationary part, the casing with sealing rings
(5), and the rotating part, the liner (1) together with the split clamp ring (6).
The casing itself consists of individual rings (2), (3) and (4), which are bolted together.
The two sealing rings (5) are shaped similar to those of the aft S.C.-seal, and they are housed
between the casing rings (2), (3) and (4).
Contrary to the aft S.C.-seal the two sealing rings (5) seal only against oil, i.e. one ring (5)
against the sterntube oil, and the other against the oil in the space between the sealing rings
(5).
When the shaft is rotating a circulator (22) located between the sealing rings (5) ensures that oil
is circulated through the respective S.C.-seal header tank.
Further details relating to individual parts and materials from which the S.C.-seal is made are
given in the enclosed parts list.
Pos : 1.7 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 8 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Pos : 1.8.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Ü _Sc hmier öls ys tem Stevenr ohr @ 1\mod_1133972999994_2.doc @ 14509

1.4 Sterntube Oil-Lubrication System with Seals


Pos : 1.8.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/01_Aufbau F unktion/01 Module/Sc hmier ung/Aufbau Stevenrohr @ 1\mod_1134058457086_2.doc @ 14539

1.4.1 Arrangement of Sterntube


The sterntube lubrication system consists mainly of the sterntube, an aft and forward sterntube
seal with their accompanying tanks, connecting pipes and valves.

P AS AB FB FS PS SB

Fig. 4: Sterntube components

AS FS
Aft seal Forward seal
AB Aft sterntube bush FB Forward sterntube bush
P Propeller PS Propeller shaft
SB Propeller shaft Bearing

For lubrication of propeller shaft mounting (sterntube bush) the sterntube is filled with oil. To
prevent that oil is leaking, the sterntube is sealed against the propeller shaft at both ends by
Simplex-Compact seals (S.C.-seals).

Pos : 1.8.3 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 9 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Pos : 1.8.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/01_Aufbau F unktion/01 Module/Sc hmier ung/Anordnung H oc htank A @ 1\mod_1133973832391_2.doc @ 14517

1.4.2 Arrangement of Gravity Tank


To avoid water entering the sterntube in case of damaged aft seal, the sterntube is pressurised
with oil at a higher pressure than water pressure. This is ensured by setting the corresponding
gravity tank to a specific height.

The tank should be designed to

 cover the heat expansion of the oil filling in the sterntube


 compensate a small oil consumption of the aft seal over a longer period as well as
 get enough capacity for cooling the heat produced within the seal by (surface-)
convection.

The actual arrangement of tanks and piping is shown on the schemata „Diagram of Sterntube
Lubrication“ in the attached Part “DRAWINGS”.

NOTE!
It is recommended to install a MIN Alarm float switch at the gravity tank,
which must be connected to the ships alarm system.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 10 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.4.3 Arrangement of Sterntube Lubrication Oil Diagram (natural Circulation)


Pos : 1.8.5 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/01_Aufbau F unktion/01 Module/Sc hmier ung/Bild Sc hmier öls ystem (N at. Zirk.) M+Z @ 4 \mod_1247655296250_2.doc @ 31323

Fig. 5: Sterntube Lubrication Oil Diagram Type: SC2 M natural circulation

A Gravity Tank with low level alarm C Tank for forward seal
B Tank for aft seal D Sump tank

Pos : 1.8.6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/01_Aufbau F unktion/01 Module/Sc hmier ung/Anordnung H oc htanks (nat. Zir k.) @ 1\mod_1139129080331_2.doc @ 15267

At the natural circulation the oil within the sterntube will be heated up by the friction losses in the
propeller shaft bushes. The warm oil is flowing upwards in the pipe up to the gravity tank, where
it is cooling down by convection. From the gravity tank the cool oil is flowing downwards to the
Sterntube close to the aft propeller shaft bushes with the highest heating up.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 11 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Fig. 6: Gravity Tank Arrangement at natural Circulation

Optional at bigger differences between HLWL and HBWL an additional Tank2 should be
installed. It will be switched over between these two tanks according to the actual draft. The
switch over point is called HSOP.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


If the difference (HLWL – HBWL) is larger than 8 m, it is recommended, in
respect of the lifetime of the sealing rings, to provide a second tank for
ballast condition.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 12 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.4.4 Arrangement of Sterntube Lubrication Oil Diagram (forced Circulation)


Pos : 1.8.7 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/01_Aufbau F unktion/01 Module/Sc hmier ung/Bild Sc hmier öls ystem (Z w. Zir k.) M+Z @ 1\mod_1142340737199_2.doc @ 16023

Fig. 7: Sterntube Lubrication Oil Diagram Type: SC2 M forced circulation

A Gravity Tank with low level alarm C Tank for forward seal
B Tank for aft seal D Sump tank

Pos : 1.8.8 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/01_Aufbau F unktion/01 Module/Sc hmier ung/Anordnung H oc htanks (Z w. Zirk.) @ 1\mod_1139129103004_2.doc @ 15275

At forced circulation the gravity tank will be continuously overfilled (with oil from the sump tank)
by external pumps (excess oil is flowing through the overflow at gravity tank back into the sump
tank). From the gravity tank the (cooler) oil is flowing through a falling pipe into the aft sterntube
bearing where most heat occurs. From there the heated oil is flowing up in a vent pipe up to an
other overflow, which is located 1 m below the oil level in the gravity tank and then it is flowing
back into the sump tank.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 13 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Fig. 8: Gravity Tank Arrangement at forced Circulation

The forced circulation within the sterntube follows the physical principle of communicating pipes,
in which the fluid level in all pipes is the same. If one pipe end is lowering, this one is
overflowing, while the higher end will be always refilled, this results in a continuously circulation.
The advantages are the possibility to install an external oil filter and cooler and to have always
fresh oil in circulation as well as the fact that the pressure within the sterntube is always at a
defined level, even if the pumps fails.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


A shut off valve should be installed in the overflow line of the sterntube, to
avoid a decreasing of the oil level down to the overflow height, if the external
pumps fail.

Pos : 1.8.9 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 14 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Pos : 1.8.10 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/01_Aufbau Funkti on/01 M odul e/Schmi erung/F ormeln Hochtank @ 1\mod_1136216191924_2.doc @ 14891

1.4.5 Height Calculation of Gravity Tank

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The specified tank heights and pipe arrangements must be followed, this is
fundamental for the functionality and lifetime of the aft seal.

In general the gravity tank for the sterntube must be installed in a way, that the oil pressure
within the sterntube at full loaded vessel (LWL) is 0,25 bar above the water pressure .

NOTE!
All heights are in relation to the shaft centre in the area of the aft seal.
The height tolerance for tank installation is  4%, above this value please
contact us.

1.4.5.1 Formula for one Tank System


If not mentioned otherwise on the corresponding schemata „Diagram of Sterntube Lubrication“,
the installation height of the gravity tank has to be calculated as follows:

Height of Gravity Tank

HLWL x 1,025 0,25 x 10


HTank2 = + [m]
0,89 0,89

HLWL Height of Load Water Line (LWL)


HTank2 Installation height of Gravity Tank for the
sterntube.

Pos : 1.8.11 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 15 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Pos : 1.8.12 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/01_Aufbau Funkti on/01 M odul e/Schmi erung/F ormeln Hochtank 2-Tank @ 1\mod_1143615005175_2.doc @ 16093

1.4.5.2 Formula for two Tank System (optional)

CAUTION! Handle with care!


At a draft difference HLWL - HBWL > 8°m , a second gravity and a second aft
seal tank is required.

If not mentioned otherwise on the corresponding schemata „Diagram of Sterntube Lubrication“,


the installation height of the gravity tanks has to be calculated as follows:

Height of lower Gravity Tank:

HSOP x 1,025 0,25 x 10


HTank2 = + [m]
0,89 0,89

Height of upper Gravity Tank:

HLWL x 1,025 0,25 x 10


HTank2.1 = + [m]
0,89 0,89

Height of switch over point:

HBWL + HLWL
HSOP = [m]
2

HLWL Height of Load Water Line (LWL) HBWL Height of Ballast Water Line (BWL)
HTank2 Installation height of lower Gravity Tank HTank2.1 Installation height of higher Gravity Tank
for the sterntube. for the sterntube.
HSOP Draft where to switch over between the
tanks for the Sterntube.

The switch over between the tanks must be done at HSOP, meaning at draft

- between HLWL and HSOP operate with upper Gravity Tank T1


- between HSOP and HBWL operate with lower Gravity Tank T2
Pos : 1.8.13 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 16 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Pos : 1.8.14 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/01_Aufbau Funkti on/01 M odul e/Schmi erung/Bil d Schmi erung hi nten M @ 1\mod_1142340780451_2.doc @ 16027

1.4.6 Oil Supply at aft S.C. Seal


Type: SC2 M
The aft seal is designed for pressure stages between the high pressurized sterntube and the
seawater and for lubricating the sealing rings #2, #3R and #3.
By using an oil tank installed in the engine room defined pressures are given to the chambers
II+III and a constant lubrication with flawless oil is ensured. The chamber II / chamber III are
connected at the bottom/top side with the oil tank for the aft seal. On the top side of the
chamber II a vent and drain line is installed. The sterntube is connected to a separate gravity
tank.
These advantages will result in an extension of life time of the sealing rings, especially by
reducing the temperature.

Fig. 9: Oil Supply at aft S.C. Seal Type: SC2 M

HA Aft seal Z1 Shut off valve for chamber II


VA Forward seal Z5 Vent valve for chamber II
P Propeller ZD Drain valve for chamber II
S Sterntube Z2 Shut off valve for chamber III
HBWL Height of Ballast Water Line LS Level switch
T1 Tank1 for chamber II and III HT1 Height of Tank1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 17 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

NOTE!
The vent line of chamber II should end approx. 500 mm above the top of the
aft seal tank.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The pipe line from the sterntube to the drain valve ZD must be installed
below the bottom side of the aft seal tank (if possible).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


When there is no vent line installed for the oil chamber:
the oil piping between the aft seal and the aft seal oil tank must always go up
to ensure that any trapped air can be vented into the oil tank.
It is not allowed to step down with the oil pipe from the oil connection at top
side of the aft seal within or outside the sterntube to a lower level.

Pos : 1.8.15 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 18 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Pos : 1.8.16 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/01_Aufbau Funkti on/01 M odul e/Schmi erung/War nung Öll eitung @ 2\mod_1154526444297_2.doc @ 17321

Pos : 1.8.17 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/01_Aufbau Funkti on/01 M odul e/Schmi erung/F ormeln Sc hmi erung B @ 1\mod_1133969769199_2.doc @ 14505

1.4.7 Height Calculation of aft Seal Tank

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The specified tank heights and pipe arrangements must be followed, this is
fundamental for the functionality and lifetime of the aft seal.

NOTE!
All heights are in relation to the shaft centre in the area of the aft seal.
The height tolerance for tank installation is  4%,
above this value please contact us.

If not otherwise mentioned on the drawing „Diagram of Sterntube Lubrication“, we recommend a


pipe outer Ø = 15x1 or 15x1,5 mm.

NOTE!
For piping arrangement of ships in arctic water please ask for consultation.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 19 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.4.7.1 Formula for aft Seal Tank System


If not otherwise mentioned on the drawing „Diagram of Sterntube Lubrication“, the installation
height for the aft seal tank has to be calculated according to the following formula:

NOTE!
For a draught HBWL  2,5 m please ask for consultation.

Height of aft seal Tank1:

For 2,5 m ≤ HBWL  3,5 m use:

PCD
HTank1 = + 0,3 [m]
2

For HBWL  3,5 m use:

HBWL x 1,025 0,3 x 10


HTank1 = - [m]
0,89 0,89

HBWL Height of Ballast Water Line (BWL) PCD of fixing bolts at aft seal flange
HTank1 Installation height of tank for the aft
seal.

Pos : 1.8.18 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 20 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Pos : 1.8.19 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/01_Aufbau Funkti on/01 M odul e/Schmi erung/F ormeln Sc hmi erung B 2-T ank @ 2\mod_1151928598847_2.doc @ 17107

1.4.7.2 Formula for two aft Seal Tank System (optional)

CAUTION! Handle with care!


At a draft difference HLWL - HBWL > 8 m a second gravity and a second aft
seal tank is required.

If not mentioned otherwise on the corresponding schemata „Diagram of Sterntube Lubrication“,


the installation height of the second aft seal tank has to be calculated as follows:

NOTE!
For a draught HBWL  3,5 m please ask for consultation.

Height of lower aft seal Tank1:

For 3,5 ≤ HBWL ≤ 5 m use:

HBWL x 1,025 0,3 x 10


HTank1 = - [m]
0,89 0,89

For HBWL > 5 m use:

HBWL x 1,025 0,4 x 10


HTank1 = - [m]
0,89 0,89

Height of upper aft seal Tank1.1:

HSOP x 1,025 0,4 x 10


HTank1.1 = - [m]
0,89 0,89

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 21 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Height of switch over point:

HLWL + HBWL
HSOP = [m]
2

HLWL Height of Load Water Line (LWL) HBWL Height of Ballast Water Line (BWL)
HTank1 Installation height of lower tank for the aft HTank1.1 Installation height of upper tank for the aft
seal. seal.
HSOP Draft where to switch over between the
tanks for the aft seal

The switch over between the tanks must be done at HSOP, meaning at draft:

- between HBWL and HSOP operate with lower aft seal Tank1
- between HSOP and HLWL operate with upper aft seal Tank1.1

Pos : 1.8.20 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 22 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Pos : 1.8.21 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/01_Aufbau Funkti on/01 M odul e/Schmi erung/Schmi erung vor d. Abd. Öl Z @ 1\mod_1133967715646_2.doc @ 14497

1.4.8 Oil Supply of forward Seal


The forward seal is designed for pressure stages between the high pressurised sterntube
against the engine room. It contains two sealing rings facing to the sterntube, which forms an oil
filled chamber in which a circulator (22) is installed.

Fig. 10: Tank arrangement with circulator in


chamber of forward seal

The circulator (22) ensures that the volume of oil in the chamber X between the sealing rings of
forward seal, by rotation of the propeller shaft during operation, will be permanently circulate
without the need for a supplementary lubrication unit. Via the interconnecting pipes to the
corresponding tank the oil will be permanently exchanged between oil chamber and tank.
From this a good cooling and a constant lubrication of the forward seal with flawless oil is
ensured. Simultaneous a deposit of oil residues in way of the sealing ring lips will be avoid.
These advantages will result in an extension of life time of the sealing rings, especially by
reducing the temperature.

NOTE!
It is recommended to install a MIN and MAX Alarm float switch at the tank for
the forward seal which must be connected to the ships alarm system.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 23 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

1.4.8.1 Height Definition of forward Seal Tank

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The specified tank heights and pipe arrangements must be followed, this is
fundamental for the functionality and lifetime of the forward seal.

The Tank of the forward seal must be arranged in such a way, that the max. oil level in the tank
is 0,3m to 0,6m above the top of the housing ring (3) of forward seal.

A Drain plug
T Forward seal tank
D Connecting pipes (3x)
O Overflow

Fig. 11: Tank height at forward seal.

Pos : 2 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 24 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Pos : 3.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./Ü-Einbau @ 1\mod_1129542275930_2.doc @ 13175

2 INSTALLATION
Pos : 3.2.1 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/02_Einbau/02_M odul e/Ü 1 Ei nbau Sc hutzausrüstung @ 4\mod_1271173759968_2.doc @ 33216

2.1 Personal protective Gear for Installation


The following personal protective gear must be generally worn during installation of the
equipment, in line with the work at hand:

Pos : 3.2.2 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/00_Sicherheit/00_M odul e/Schutz Kl eidung @ 4\mod_1271173095875_2.doc @ 33183

Protective Work Clothing


Close-fitting work clothing (low tear-resistance, no wide sleeves, no rings or
other jewellery, etc.)

Pos : 3.2.3 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/00_Sicherheit/00_M odul e/Schutz Schuhe @ 4\mod_1271173190000_2.doc @ 33191

Safety Shoes
To protect against heavy, falling parts and slipping on slippery floors.

Pos : 3.2.4 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/00_Sicherheit/00_M odul e/Schutz Handsc huhe @ 4\mod_1271173193140_2.doc @ 33195

Protective Gloves
To protect the skin against friction, abrasions, piercing and deeper injuries to
the hands and to protect against contact with health-harming substances.

Pos : 3.2.5 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/00_Sicherheit/00_M odul e/Schutz Hel m @ 4\mod_1271173195500_2.doc @ 33199

Safety Helmet
To protect against falling and flying parts and materials.

Pos : 3.2.6 /Allgemei n/--Leerz eile @ 3\mod_1216227638281_0.doc @ 28803

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 25 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.2 Installation of Tanks for S.C.-Seals


Pos : 3.3.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Ü _Ei nbau T anks @ 1\mod_1134046393970_2.doc @ 14527
Pos : 3.3.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Einbau Öltank hi nt. Abd. Anfang @ 2\mod_1160488780171_2.doc @ 18961

2.2.1 Installation of the aft Seal Oil-Tank with Piping

NOTE!
For tank dimensions and pipe connections please refer to drawing:
"Oil-tank for aft seal".

 Prepare the pipes for the connection between tank and aft seal.
CAUTION! Handle with care!
The oil Pipe must be installed above the shaft sloping downwards from the
oil tank to the aft seal without air-locks.

 Prepare a support at the ship structure for fixing the tank for the oil chamber of the aft seal
at the given height.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Mount the tank at the installation height mentioned in the drawing “diagram
of sterntube lubrication”.

 Take the oil tank from the transport container, check for any transport damage and finally
prepare it for erection.
 Install the tank for the aft seal at the intended location.

Pos : 3.3.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Einbau Öltank hi nt. Abd. M @ 2\mod_1160147323911_2.doc @ 18825

Fig. 12a: Oil-tank for the aft seal Fig. 12b: Oil-tank 3D-view

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 26 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

S Float switch (optional) D Piping to aft seal (2x)


O Dipstick A Drain
T 30 L tank U Overflow

 Remove the plastic plugs (3), (4) from oil tank (1), which are fitted for transport only.
 Fit the overflow pipe (14) with its male stud coupling and sealing ring (16) from the bottom
side into the tank (1).
 Build up the piping for the connection from the oil tank through the sterntube to the aft seal.
 Build up a drain piping to the bilge with funnel below the internal overflow.

Pos : 3.3.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Einbau Öltank hi nt. Abd. Z us atz @ 2\mod_1160486817569_2.doc @ 18955

NOTE!
We recommend to make the piping from the tank through the sterntube to the
aft seal out of Cr steel.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


It is absolutely necessary to install a shut-off valve directly below the oil tank
(in the piping between the tank and the aft seal), to avoid an overflow at the
oil tank in case of damaged aft seal.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Make sure that all pipes (i.e. drain, oil, vent, air or PPA) are connected to the
right seal chamber connection, located either at the top or at the bottom of
the seal as shown on diagram of sterntube lubrication.
Pos : 3.3.5 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Einbau T ank vord. Abd. Z @ 1\mod_1133963965684_2.doc @ 14493

2.2.2 Installation of the forward Seal Oil-Tank with Piping

NOTE!
For tank dimensions and pipe connections please refer to drawing:
"Oil-tank for forward seal".

 Prepare the pipes and fittings for the connection between tank and forward seal.
 Prepare a support at the ship structure for fixing the tank for the oil chamber of the forward
seal at the given height.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 27 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Mount the tank at the installation height mentioned in the drawing “diagram
of sterntube lubrication”.

 Take the oil tank from the transport container, check for any transport damage and finally
prepare it for erection.
 Install the tank for the forward seal at the intended location.

Fig. 13a: Oil-tank for the forward seal Fig. 13b: Oil-tank 3D-view

S Float switch (optional) D Piping to forward seal (3x)


O Dipstick A Drain
T 15 L tank U Overflow

 Remove the plastic plugs (3), (4) from oil tank (1), which are fitted for transport only.
 Fit the overflow pipe (14) with its male stud coupling and sealing ring (16) from the bottom
side into the tank (1).
 Fit the three male stud coupling (11) with their sealing rings (5) from the bottom side into the
tank (1).
 Remove the plastic plugs (23) from housing of the forward seal, which are fitted for
transport only.
 Fit the three male stud coupling (25) with their sealing rings (26) from the top side into the
housing of the forward seal.
 Build up the piping for the connection from the oil tank to the forward seal.
Pos : 3.3.6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Einbau Fl oats witc h @ 2\mod_1160147493185_2.doc @ 18827

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 28 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.2.3 Installation of the Float Switch (optional)

 Install the float switch at the aft/forward


seal tank.

Fig. 14: Float switch

 Install the cabling to the ship alarm system.

WARNING! Danger of electric shock!


Any work at the electrical equipment must be done by educated electrician
only.

NOTE!
For the electrical connections refer to the attached wiring diagrams.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


All connections have to be made at the internal terminal blocks.
Check all external cable connections after installation.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 29 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.3 General about Installation of S.C.-Seals


Pos : 3.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./Ei nbau Allgemein @ 1\mod_1129541970911_2.doc @ 13171

Before installing the S.C.-seals, make the following checks:

 Check the entire sterntube system to ensure absolute cleanness.


 Take into consideration the tolerances shown in the S.C.-seal installation drawing and
check the connecting dimensions:
 in way of the propeller,
 the sterntube and
 the propeller shaft.
 Also check whether the design length of the aft and forward S.C.-seal can be kept, if any.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Take the S.C.-seal from its plastic bag just before commencing with the
installation only.

NOTE!
Remove the wood blocks which are provided on the housing flange for the
protection of the liner later.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Under no circumstances withdraw the S.C.-seal liner (1) from the casing
during the installation in order to avoid damage to the surface and to the
S.C.-sealing ring lip.

Pos : 3.5 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 30 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Pos : 3.6.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./Einbau Bil d M @ 1\mod_1138368491058_2.doc @ 15123

2.3.1 Installation Sketch of aft Seal

Fig. 15: Aft Seal Type SC2 M

1 Liner 19 Hexagon Screw Locking


2 Flange Ring 20 Transport Clamp
3 Intermediate Ring 21 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw
4 Intermediate Ring 22 Hexagon Screw
5 Cover Ring (two part) 38 Intermediate Ring
7 Hexagon Screw 55 Hexagon Screw
10 Hexagon Screw 65 Distance Ring (Optional)
14 Hexagon Screw 80 Gasket
16 Mounting Straps 81 Gasket
17 O-Ring, (Optional: Washer) 87 Corrosion Protection
18 Safety Wire 88 Hexagon Screw
#1 Sealing Ring I Chamber
#2 Sealing Ring II Chamber
#3R Reserve Sealing Ring III Chamber
#3 Sealing Ring Z View
STB Starboard PS Port Side

NOTE!
The actual sketch of the aft seal is shown on the drawing attached in PART 9
of this manual.
Pos : 3.6.2 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 31 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Pos : 3.6.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./Einbau Bil d v Z @ 1\mod_1133874834139_2.doc @ 14445

2.3.2 Installation Sketch of forward Seal

Fig. 16: Forward Seal Type: SC2 Z

1 Liner 16 O-Ring
2 Flange Ring 17 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw
4 Cover Ring 20 Transport Clamp
6 Clamp Ring 21 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw
14 Hexagon Screw 70 Hexagon Screw
15 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw 82 Gasket
STB Starboard PS Port Side
Z View

NOTE!
The actual sketch of the forward seal is shown on the drawing attached in
PART 9 of this manual.

Pos : 3.6.4 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 32 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Pos : 3.6.5.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Ü 2_Einbau der Fitti ngs @ 2\mod_1178169729486_2.doc @ 21199

2.4 Installation of Fittings and Pipes


Pos : 3.6.5.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Einbau Leitung Öl innen @ 2\mod_1181115427941_2.doc @ 21542
E

2.4.1 Installation of Oil Piping within the Sterntube

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The piping and fittings material for the oil pipes inside of the sterntube must
be made of Stainless Steel.

Pos : 3.6.5.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Einbau Fi ttings Sc hnei dring @ 2\mod_1181053299955_2.doc @ 21503

2.4.1.1 Design of Bite Ring Screw Connections (Stainless Steel)

NOTE!
The Stainless Steel fittings are made of bite ring type.
They have to be fitted by common standard procedure.

V Screw Connection
(Stainless Steel)
S Bite Ring
M Union Nut
R Pipe (Stainless Steel)
Fig. 17: Assembling of Stainless Steel
Screw Connection with Bite Ring

In general valid for Bite Ring Screw Connections:


 Saw off the pipe end right-angled (do not use pipe cutters).
 Keep the minimum length Hmin = 2 x union nut height of the straight pipe end.
 Deburr the pipe end inside and outside. Chamfer max 0,3 x 45° .
 Move the union nut and the bite ring in the correct order and direction over the end of
the pipe.
 Press the pipe end into the banjo-coupling / straight screw(ed) connection up to the
stop.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 33 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

 Seal and fasten the pipe with union nut and bite ring in the banjo-coupling / straight
screw(ed) connection by tightening.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


When a bite ring was fastened once, it can not be removed any more.

Pos : 3.6.5.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Einbau Fi ttings Öl hinten B @ 2\mod_1178169935612_2.doc @ 21202
E

2.4.1.2 Oil Passage through the aft End of Sterntube


The oil passage through the aft end of sterntube could be arranged as shown below (proposal).

A Aft seal
R Pipe (Stainless Steel)
S Sterntube
WV Banjo coupling (Stainless Steel)

Fig. 18: Oil passage through aft end of


sterntube

Hereby the aft end of the sterntube must be drilled-in as well axial from the aft
as radial from the inside.
The radial bore must be machined with a thread and a countersinking for the banjo coupling.
The bores must be checked for free passage.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 34 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The bores at the sterntube must be drilled in a way that they match
 by angle,
 with the PCD (pitch circle diameter), and
 the bore diameter
of the oil connection bores at the flange of the aft seal.
Otherwise the oil supply to the aft seal is interrupted.

Pos : 3.6.5.5 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Einbau Fi ttings Öl vorne @ 2\mod_1178191666914_2.doc @ 21217
E

2.4.1.3 Oil Passage through the forward End of Sterntube


The oil passage through the forward end of sterntube could be arranged as shown below
(proposal).

EV Straight screw connection


R Pipe (Stainless Steel)
S Sterntube
WV Banjo Coupling (Stainless Steel)

Fig. 19: Oil passage through forward end of


sterntube

Hereby the sterntube must be drilled through radial and machined with a thread for the fittings.
The bore must be machined with a thread and a countersinking at the inner and the outer side
for the banjo coupling.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 35 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

CAUTION! Handle with care!


It is not allowed to step down with the oil pipe from the oil connection at top
side of the aft seal within or outside the sterntube to a lower level.
Otherwise a correct venting of the oil chamber and piping is not possible.

Pos : 3.6.5.6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Einbau Fi ttings Öl i nnen @ 2\mod_1178191400501_2.doc @ 21207
E

2.4.1.4 Oil-Pipe Fitting within the Sterntube


 Install piping with valves and fittings from aft seal through the sterntube up to the oil
passage at forward end of the sterntube.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Install the pipes in a way (i.e. with lateral bows), that a thermal expansion will
not result in any tension stress.

 Lay the pipes inside of the sterntube through the foreseen grooves in the aft and
forward sterntube bush.
 Bend the pipes in the aft and forward area of the sterntube according to the locality
and adjust them to the banjo couplings.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The radius for bending the stainless steel pipes may not fall below
min two times the outer diameter .

 Move the union nuts and the bite rings in the correct order and direction over the end
of the pipes.
 Seal the pipes with union nuts and bite rings in the banjo-couplings / straight
screw(ed) connections by tightening.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 36 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.4.2 Pressure Test of Piping within the Sterntube


Pos : 3.6.5.7 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Druc kpr obe R ohre Stevenr ohr @ 1\mod_1134576340057_2.doc @ 14673

- The oil pipes with its fittings must be already installed.


- The oil pipes must be fixed in a suitable way.

After Installation of all pipes and valves, before the shaft will be fitted:
 Make a pressure test for the complete piping system at 3 bars with air .

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The pressure test must be done very conscientious.
Keep in mind that there is no way to repair a pipe leakage in the stern tube
without dry-docking and removing the shaft after the ship is at sea.

Pos : 3.6.5.8 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Einbau Verl egung Rohre auß en @ 2\mod_1181120343759_2.doc @ 21553

2.4.3 Installation of Piping outside the Sterntube

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The piping and fittings material for the oil pipes outside of the sterntube
must be made of Stainless Steel.

Pos : 3.6.5.9 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Öl versorgung/Einbau Fi ttings Öl auß en @ 2\mod_1181055360679_2.doc @ 21520
E

2.4.3.1 Installation of Oil-Piping outside of the Sterntube


 Install piping with valves and fittings from oil passage at forward end of sterntube up to the
 aft seal tank and
 the end of drain or vent line, if any
in accordance to the “Diagram of Sterntube Lubrication”.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The allocation of connections at the aft seal to the pipe line sockets (at the
front end of sterntube) must be marked durable, to connect the continuing
pipes correctly.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 37 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

CAUTION! Handle with care!


All pipes and fittings must be supported in a suitable way to avoid any
damages (especially by vibrations) during operation.

Pos : 3.6.5.10 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/Öl vers orgung/Ei nbau Leitungsführung Öl @ 2\mod_1178199785758_2.doc @ 21257

Fig. 20: Wrong pipe way for oil supply line Typical drawing

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The oil piping between the aft seal and the aft seal tank must always go up
without air locks to ensure that any trapped air can be vented into the oil
tank.

Pos : 3.6.5.11 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/Öl vers orgung/Ei nbau Fitti ngs Abs chl uss @ 2\mod_1180540470668_2.doc @ 21452
E

2.4.4 Ending the Pipe Work

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The pipes, fittings and valves must be clean and free from loose particles at
the inside.
If necessary, the piping must be flushed before commissioning of the seals.

Pos : 3.6.6 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 38 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Pos : 3.6.7.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./Ü- Einb. Welle v. Innen @ 1\mod_1129548835652_2.doc @ 13183

2.5 Installation if the Propeller Shaft is drawn-out from the Inside


Pos : 3.6.7.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./VA 01 Skizz e, Welle innen @ 2\mod_1151322015157_2.doc @ 16999

2.5.1 Installation of forward S.C.-Seal (Shaft from Inside)


(If the propeller shaft is drawn-out from the inside of the vessel)

 Prepare the propeller shaft in such a way that the forward S.C.-seal can be placed on the
shaft.
 Clean and check for accuracy to size in way of the final position of the liner (1), before
pushing the S.C.-seal onto the propeller shaft.
 Take out the S.C.-seal of the plastic bag and examine for damage sustained during
transport.

Fig. 21: Installation of forward S.C.-seal, if the propeller shaft is drawn-out from the inside.

14 Hexagon Screw T Lifting Bracket


20 Transport Clamp VA Forward Seal
21 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw W Propeller Shaft
S Sterntube

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 39 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

 Hang the complete forward S.C.-seal without clamp ring (6) at its lifting bracket (20) into a
suitable lifting device.
 Remove the wood blocks from the housing flange (2).
Pos : 3.6.7.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./VA 02 Gehäuse Z, Welle i nnen @ 2\mod_1171616103481_2.doc @ 20883

 Push the O-ring (16) far over the shaft.


 Coat the sealing surface of the flange ring (2) and the sterntube boss which will be in
contact with the gasket (82) with grease.
 Put the gasket (82) on the sealing surface of the flange ring (2) of the forward S.C.-seal.
 Place the forward S.C.-seal assembly with the liner (1), but without clamp ring (6), on the
shaft in the correct sequence.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The O-ring (16) may not twist during moving the seal on the shaft.

 Move the forward S.C.-seal with O-ring (16) carefully over the shaft forward.

Pos : 3.6.7.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./VA 03 Klemmri ng 1 @ 1\mod_1141840493560_2.doc @ 15947

 Finally move the propeller shaft into position and couple it.

 Check the position of the gasket (82) and insert the housing spigot into the sterntube bore.

NOTE!
A housing which cannot be centered in the sterntube because of the lack of
the recess, or because the sterntube bore is too large, must be aligned with
the shaft.
After alignment is carried out the housing must be fixed in place by means of
two dowel pins.
A housing with recess must be slackened off the lifting gear before the
holding bolts are finally tightened.

 Secure the casing is by means of two bolts (70), fit but do not fix the tab washers (71).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Before the (fastening-) screws (70) will be tighten, the security screws for
transport (14) with spacer sleeve (76), if any, must be removed to avoid
contact between liner (1) and sterntube bush during assembly. While the
liner (1) may not slip out of the S.C.-seal.

Pos : 3.6.7.5 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./VA 04 Klemmri ng 2 @ 2\mod_1185890617461_2.doc @ 21962

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 40 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

 Remove the security screws for transport (14) with spacer sleeve (76), if any.
 Tighten the all bolts (70) cross-wise with the tightening torque given on the forward S.C.-
seal drawing. Fix the tab washers (71) after alignment.
 Lay the clamp ring halves (6) on the shaft, bolt those together by hexagon socket head cap
screws (17) (with the clamping sleeves (7) and the serrated lock washers (10)) in a way that
the clamp ring halves (6) can be shifted on the propeller shaft.

NOTE!
Do not fasten the clamp ring halves (6) by its hexagon socket head cap
screws (17) at this stage.

 Adjust the design length of the forward S.C.-seal according to the forward S.C.-seal drawing
and tighten the hexagon socket head cap screws (17) slightly.
 Check the true running of the clamp ring (6) in the axial plane and adjust it, if required as
described in the chapter below and afterwards tighten the hexagon socket head cap screws
(17).
 Release the liner (1) then from the housing and pull it against the clamp ring (6) by means
of the socket head cap screws (15), together with the O-ring (16).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Care must be taken that the O-ring (16) is fitted correctly,
otherwise oil leakages may occur.

 Fasten the liner (1) slightly at the clamp ring (6) with socket head cap screws (15) and the
serrated lock washers (19).
 Remove the lifting bracket (20) (replaced by an eyebolt in exceptional cases) and store it
onboard, together with the respective fixing bolts (21) and the screws (14) (with spacer
sleeve (76), if any) with which the liner (1) was fixed to the housing.
 Check the design length of the forward S.C.-seal.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The actual installation length after coupling the propeller shaft may not
deviate from the installation length given on the accompanied drawing.

 Check the alignment of the liner (1) and adjust as described in the chapter below,
afterwards tighten the hexagon screws (15) with the tightening torque given on the forward
S.C.-seal drawing.
Pos : 3.6.7.6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./H A 01 Ski zze, Welle i nnen @ 2\mod_1151309370615_2.doc @ 16966

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 41 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.5.2 Installation of the aft S.C.-Seal (Shaft from Inside)


(If the propeller shaft is drawn-in from the inside of the vessel.)

 Prepare the propeller shaft in such a way that the aft S.C.-seal can be placed on the shaft.
 Clean and check for accuracy to size in way of the final position of the liner (1), before
pushing the S.C.-seal onto the propeller shaft.
 Take out the S.C.-seal of the plastic bag and examine for damage sustained during
transport.

Fig. 22: Installation of the aft S.C.-seal if the propeller shaft is drawn-out from the inside.

HA Aft Seal S Sterntube


P Propeller T Lifting Bracket
W Propeller Shaft

 Hang the complete aft seal at its lifting bracket (20) into a suitable lifting device.
 Remove the wood blocks from the casing flange (2).
Pos : 3.6.7.7 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./H A 02 Gehäus e, Welle i nnen @ 2\mod_1151311374507_2.doc @ 16995

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 42 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

 Place the insert rings (30) into the grooves at the inner diameter of the liner (1), if provided.
 Draw-out the propeller shaft in such a way that the aft S.C.-seal can be placed on the shaft.
 Coat the sealing surface of the flange ring (2) and distance ring (65) (if intended) and the
sterntube boss/adapter ring which will be in contact with the gasket (80) with grease.
 Put a gasket (80) on the sealing surface of the flange ring (2) and also a gasket (80) on the
distance ring (65) (if intended).
 If intended place distance ring (65) with gasket (80) on the shaft and ensure that bores in
the casing flange (2) are kept clear when fitting together.
 Place the aft S.C.-seal assembly with gasket (80) and the fitted liner (1) on the shaft.
 Place the O-ring (17), if any, and gasket (81) in position on the shaft.
 Place the gasket (81) on the sealing surface of the liner (1).

 Draw-out the propeller shaft to its final position and couple it.

 Turn the aft S.C.-seal in position, while ensuring that bores in the flange ring (2) are
matching with the oil supply bores in the sterntube boss.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


It is essential for the function of the aft S.C.-seal, that the bores in the flange
ring (2) are matching with the oil supply bores in the sterntube boss,
otherwise the complete S.C.-seal may fail.

 Move the aft S.C.-seal towards the sterntube such that the bores provided in the casing for
the wear-down gauge (15) point vertically up and down and the marking “O” (TOP) is visible
on the upper side of the housing.
Pos : 3.6.7.8 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./H A 03 Schr auben, Well e @ 2\mod_1182065866341_2.doc @ 21763

 Secure the S.C.-seal casing is by means of two screws (7).

NOTE!
A housing which cannot be centered in the sterntube because of the lack of
the recess, or because the sterntube bore is too large, must be aligned with
the shaft.
After alignment is carried out the housing must be fixed in place by means of
two dowel pins.
Housings with recess must be slackened off the lifting gear before the
holding bolts are finally tightened.

 Mount and fasten the screws (7) as follows:

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 43 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Case hexagon screws (7) to be secured with chrome-steel wire (18):


 insert the remaining hexagon screws (7),
 tighten the hexagon screws (7) cross-wise with the tightening torque given on the aft
S.C.-seal drawing,
 secure it by using chrome-steel wire (18) as described later.
Case screws (7) to be secured with Loctite:
 coat each screw (7) with Loctite 243/245 and insert the screws (7) cross-wise,
 tighten the screw (7) with the tightening torque given on the aft S.C.-seal drawing.
 Same for the two screws (7) fitted at first.

Pos : 3.6.7.9 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./H A 04 R est, Welle innen @ 2\mod_1182066384727_2.doc @ 21773

 Remove the lifting bracket (20) (replaced by an eyebolt in exceptional cases) and store it
onboard, together with the respective fixing bolts (21).
 Seal threaded bores using hexagon screws (22) and hexagon screw locking (19).
 Remove screws (14) with mounting straps (16) and store them on board.
 Insert screws (55) with securing washers (60) replacing screws (14) at cover ring (5).
 Push the liner (1) cautiously into the S.C.-seal casing by a small amount.

Pos : 3.6.7.10 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/Einbau Abd./H A 05 Li ner @ 2\mod_1151310201800_2.doc @ 16987

 Coat the sealing surface at the propeller hub which will be in contact with the gasket (81)
with grease.
 Place the rubber ring (17), if any and the gasket (81) in position.
 Mount the propeller, together with the insert ring, if any.
 Release the liner (1) then from the housing and move it to make contact with the propeller
by means of the screws (10), together with the rubber ring (17) or sealing washers (17),
whatever provided.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Care must be taken that the rubber ring (17) is fitted correctly.

 Fasten the liner (1) slightly at the propeller with screws (10).
 Check the design length of the aft S.C.-seal.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 44 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The actual installation length after coupling the propeller shaft may not
deviate from the installation length (with tolerances) given on the
accompanied drawing.

 Check the alignment of the liner (1) and adjust it as described in the chapter below.

 Afterwards, mount and fasten the screws (10) as follows:


Case screws (10) to be secured with chrome-steel wire (18):
 tighten the screws (10) cross-wise with the tightening torque given on the aft seal
drawing,
 secure the screws by using chrome-steel wire (18) as described later.
Case screws (10) to be secured with Loctite:
 remove each single screws (10) cross-wise,
 coat the screws (10) with Loctite 243/245 and insert the screws (10) again (with
sealing washers (17), if provided),
 tighten the screws (10) with the tightening torque given on the aft seal drawing.

Pos : 3.6.8 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 45 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Pos : 3.6.9.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./Ü- Einb. Welle v. Auss en @ 1\mod_1129549986126_2.doc @ 13241
P

2.6 Installation if the Propeller Shaft is drawn-in from the Outside


Pos : 3.6.9.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./H A 01 Ski zze, Klemm, Welle auss en @ 2 \mod_1151309515854_2.doc @ 16974

2.6.1 Installation of aft S.C.-Seal (Shaft from Outside)


(If the propeller shaft is drawn-in from the outside of the vessel)

 Clean and check for accuracy to size in way of the final position of the liner (1) and clamp
ring (26), before pushing the S.C.-seal onto the propeller shaft.
 Take out the S.C.-seal of the plastic bag and examine for damage sustained during
transport.

Fig. 23: Installation of aft S.C.-seal, if the propeller shaft is drawn-in from the outside.

14 Hexagon Screw 22 Hexagon Screw


16 Mounting Strap HA Aft Seal
19 Hexagon Screw Locking S Sterntube
20 Transport Clamp T Lifting Bracket
21 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw W Propeller Shaft

Pos : 3.6.9.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./H A 01 Ski zze, Welle aussen @ 2\mod_1151309244133_2.doc @ 16961

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 46 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.6.2 Installation of aft S.C.-Seal (Shaft from Outside)


(If the propeller shaft is drawn-in from the outside of the vessel)

 Prepare the propeller shaft in such a way that the aft S.C.-seal can be placed on the shaft.
 Clean and check for accuracy to size in way of the final position of the liner (1), before
pushing the S.C.-seal onto the propeller shaft.
 Take out the S.C.-seal of the plastic bag and examine for damage sustained during
transport.

Fig. 24: Installation of aft S.C.-seal, if the propeller shaft is drawn-in from the outside.

HA Aft Seal S Sterntube


P Propeller T Lifting Bracket
W Propeller Shaft

 Hang the complete aft seal at its lifting bracket (20) into a suitable lifting device.
 Remove the wood blocks from the casing flange (2).
Pos : 3.6.9.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./H A 02 Gehäus e, Welle auss en @ 2\mod_1151309794525_2.doc @ 16983

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 47 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

 Place the insert rings (30) into the grooves at the inner diameter of the liner (1), if provided.
 Coat the sealing surface of the liner flange (1) which will be in contact with the gasket (81)
with grease.
 Put the gasket (81) on the sealing surface of the liner flange (1) of the aft seal.
 Place the O-Ring (17), if any, on the shaft move carefully aft.
 Place the S.C.-seal assembly with gasket (81) and the fitted liner (1) on the shaft and move
carefully aft.
 Coat the sealing surface of the flange ring (2) and distance ring (65) (if intended) and the
sterntube boss/adapter ring which will be in contact with the gasket (80) with grease.
 Put a gasket (80) on the sealing surface of the flange ring (2) and also a gasket (80) on the
distance ring (65) (if intended).
 If intended place distance ring (65) with gasket (80) on the shaft, move carefully aft and
ensure that bores in the casing flange (2) are kept clear when fitting together.
 Draw-in the propeller shaft in such a way that the forward S.C.-seal can still be placed on
the shaft.

NOTE!
Place the forward seal above the shaft as described later, if necessary at this
stage.

 Turn the aft S.C.-seal in position, while ensuring that bores in the flange ring (2) are
matching with the oil supply bores in the sterntube boss.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


It is essential for the function of the aft seal, that the bores in the flange ring
(2) are matching with the oil supply bores in the sterntube boss, otherwise
the complete seal may fail.

 Move the aft S.C.-seal towards the sterntube such that the bores provided in the casing for
the wear-down gauge (15) point vertically up and down and the marking “O” (TOP) is visible
on the upper side of the housing.
Pos : 3.6.9.5 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./H A 03 Schr auben, Well e @ 2\mod_1182065866341_2.doc @ 21763

 Secure the S.C.-seal casing is by means of two screws (7).

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 48 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

NOTE!
A housing which cannot be centered in the sterntube because of the lack of
the recess, or because the sterntube bore is too large, must be aligned with
the shaft.
After alignment is carried out the housing must be fixed in place by means of
two dowel pins.
Housings with recess must be slackened off the lifting gear before the
holding bolts are finally tightened.

 Mount and fasten the screws (7) as follows:


Case hexagon screws (7) to be secured with chrome-steel wire (18):
 insert the remaining hexagon screws (7),
 tighten the hexagon screws (7) cross-wise with the tightening torque given on the aft
S.C.-seal drawing,
 secure it by using chrome-steel wire (18) as described later.
Case screws (7) to be secured with Loctite:
 coat each screw (7) with Loctite 243/245 and insert the screws (7) cross-wise,
 tighten the screw (7) with the tightening torque given on the aft S.C.-seal drawing.
 Same for the two screws (7) fitted at first.

Pos : 3.6.9.6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./H A 04 R est, Welle auss en @ 2\mod_1182066331891_2.doc @ 21768

 Remove the lifting bracket (20) (replaced by an eyebolt in exceptional cases) and store it
onboard, together with the respective fixing bolts (21).
 Seal threaded bores using hexagon screws (22) and hexagon screw locking (19).

 Draw-in the propeller shaft close to its final position.

 Remove screws (14) with mounting straps (16) and store them on board.
 Insert screws (55) with securing washers (60) replacing screws (14) at cover ring (5).
 Push the liner (1) cautiously into the S.C.-seal casing by a small amount.

 Draw-in the propeller shaft to its final position and couple it.

Pos : 3.6.9.7 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./H A 05 Li ner @ 2\mod_1151310201800_2.doc @ 16987

 Coat the sealing surface at the propeller hub which will be in contact with the gasket (81)
with grease.
 Place the rubber ring (17), if any and the gasket (81) in position.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 49 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

 Mount the propeller, together with the insert ring, if any.


 Release the liner (1) then from the housing and move it to make contact with the propeller
by means of the screws (10), together with the rubber ring (17) or sealing washers (17),
whatever provided.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Care must be taken that the rubber ring (17) is fitted correctly.

 Fasten the liner (1) slightly at the propeller with screws (10).
 Check the design length of the aft S.C.-seal.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The actual installation length after coupling the propeller shaft may not
deviate from the installation length (with tolerances) given on the
accompanied drawing.

 Check the alignment of the liner (1) and adjust it as described in the chapter below.

 Afterwards, mount and fasten the screws (10) as follows:


Case screws (10) to be secured with chrome-steel wire (18):
 tighten the screws (10) cross-wise with the tightening torque given on the aft seal
drawing,
 secure the screws by using chrome-steel wire (18) as described later.
Case screws (10) to be secured with Loctite:
 remove each single screws (10) cross-wise,
 coat the screws (10) with Loctite 243/245 and insert the screws (10) again (with
sealing washers (17), if provided),
 tighten the screws (10) with the tightening torque given on the aft seal drawing.

Pos : 3.6.9.8 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./VA 01 Skizz e, Welle auss en @ 2\mod_1151322213533_2.doc @ 17003

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 50 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.6.3 Installation of forward S.C.-Seal (Shaft from Outside)


(The propeller shaft is drawn-in from the outside of the vessel)

 Drawn-in the propeller shaft in such a way that the forward S.C.-seal can be placed on the
shaft.
 Clean and check for accuracy to size in way of the final position of the liner (1), before
pushing the S.C.-seal onto the propeller shaft.
 Take out the S.C.-seal of the plastic bag and examine for damage sustained during
transport.

Fig. 25: Installation of forward S.C.-seal, if the propeller shaft is drawn-in from the outside.

14 Hexagon Screw T Lifting Bracket


20 Transport Clamp VA Forward Seal
21 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw W Propeller Shaft
S Sterntube

 Hang the complete forward seal without clamp ring (6) at its lifting bracket (20) into a
suitable lifting device.
 Remove the wood blocks from the housing flange (2).
Pos : 3.6.9.9 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./VA 02 Gehäuse Z, Welle auss en @ 2\mod_1171624989228_2.doc @ 20887

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 51 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

 Coat the sealing surface of the flange ring (2) and the sterntube boss which will be in
contact with the gasket (82) with grease.
 Put the gasket (82) on the sealing surface of the flange ring (2) of the forward S.C.-seal.
 Place the forward S.C.-seal assembly with the liner (1), but without clamp ring (6), on the
shaft in the correct sequence.
 Push the O-ring (16) over the shaft.
 Move firstly the forward S.C.-seal and afterwards the O-ring (16) carefully aft up to the
sterntube boss.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The O-ring (16) may not twist during moving the S.C.-seal on the shaft.

Pos : 3.6.9.10 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/Einbau Abd./VA 03 Klemmring 1 @ 1\mod_1141840493560_2.doc @ 15947

 Finally move the propeller shaft into position and couple it.

 Check the position of the gasket (82) and insert the housing spigot into the sterntube bore.

NOTE!
A housing which cannot be centered in the sterntube because of the lack of
the recess, or because the sterntube bore is too large, must be aligned with
the shaft.
After alignment is carried out the housing must be fixed in place by means of
two dowel pins.
A housing with recess must be slackened off the lifting gear before the
holding bolts are finally tightened.

 Secure the casing is by means of two bolts (70), fit but do not fix the tab washers (71).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Before the (fastening-) screws (70) will be tighten, the security screws for
transport (14) with spacer sleeve (76), if any, must be removed to avoid
contact between liner (1) and sterntube bush during assembly. While the
liner (1) may not slip out of the S.C.-seal.

Pos : 3.6.9.11 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/Einbau Abd./VA 04 Klemmring 2 @ 2\mod_1185890617461_2.doc @ 21962

 Remove the security screws for transport (14) with spacer sleeve (76), if any.
 Tighten the all bolts (70) cross-wise with the tightening torque given on the forward S.C.-
seal drawing. Fix the tab washers (71) after alignment.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 52 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

 Lay the clamp ring halves (6) on the shaft, bolt those together by hexagon socket head cap
screws (17) (with the clamping sleeves (7) and the serrated lock washers (10)) in a way that
the clamp ring halves (6) can be shifted on the propeller shaft.

NOTE!
Do not fasten the clamp ring halves (6) by its hexagon socket head cap
screws (17) at this stage.

 Adjust the design length of the forward S.C.-seal according to the forward S.C.-seal drawing
and tighten the hexagon socket head cap screws (17) slightly.
 Check the true running of the clamp ring (6) in the axial plane and adjust it, if required as
described in the chapter below and afterwards tighten the hexagon socket head cap screws
(17).
 Release the liner (1) then from the housing and pull it against the clamp ring (6) by means
of the socket head cap screws (15), together with the O-ring (16).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Care must be taken that the O-ring (16) is fitted correctly,
otherwise oil leakages may occur.

 Fasten the liner (1) slightly at the clamp ring (6) with socket head cap screws (15) and the
serrated lock washers (19).
 Remove the lifting bracket (20) (replaced by an eyebolt in exceptional cases) and store it
onboard, together with the respective fixing bolts (21) and the screws (14) (with spacer
sleeve (76), if any) with which the liner (1) was fixed to the housing.
 Check the design length of the forward S.C.-seal.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The actual installation length after coupling the propeller shaft may not
deviate from the installation length given on the accompanied drawing.

 Check the alignment of the liner (1) and adjust as described in the chapter below,
afterwards tighten the hexagon screws (15) with the tightening torque given on the forward
S.C.-seal drawing.
Pos : 3.7 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 53 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Pos : 3.8.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ausric hten/Ü _Ausric hten Laufbuc hs e h @ 1\mod_1133613005751_2.doc @ 14191

2.7 Alignment of aft Seal Liner

NOTE!
The permissible tolerances are given on the drawing “Dimensions with
Tolerances”.
When measuring the true running, always turn the shaft.

Pos : 3.8.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ausric hten/Ausrichten Bild M @ 1\mod_1138369030794_2.doc @ 15127

2.7.1 Alignment work on the aft liner

Fig. 26: True running check at the aft seal Type SC2 M

NOTE!
The measurement for this type should be done in the oil chamber III.

Pos : 3.8.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ausric hten/Ausrichten T ext h @ 1\mod_1133613157058_2.doc @ 14199

For this, the seal casing must already be mounted on the sterntube, and the shaft must be in its
final (coupled) position.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 54 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

 Tighten up four screws (10) of the liner flange, evenly distributed around its circumference,
all the way, and the others hand-tight.
 Apply the marking for “0” on liner flange.
 Measure the eccentricity with a dial gauge in the aft seal chamber every 45°, and record the
values.

NOTE!
The shaft must be turned while measuring the eccentricity.

Angle Your reading:



45°
90°

135°

180°

225°

270°

315°

Fig. 27: Measure the eccentricity every 45°.

 Mark the minimum and maximum values on the flange of the liner (1).

If the true running measured exceeds the permissible tolerance, re-align the aft liner (1) (leaving
the dial gauge attached). To realign the liner (1) proceed as described below:

Pos : 3.8.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ausric hten/Ausrichten M ethoden h @ 1\mod_1133863352159_2.doc @ 14433

2.7.2 Normal Method to realign the aft Seal Liner


(Alignment with hammer/drift)

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Do not use this method for split liners or ceramic-coated liners!

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 55 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

 Turn the highest point (MAX) upwards.


 Loosen the hex screws (10) a bit.
 Hit the liner flange with a lead hammer or an aluminum/copper drift.
 Watch the dial gauge while aligning the liner (1).
 Tighten the hex screws (10) with the correct tightening torque crosswise.
Watch the dial gauge. If the liner (1) is not twisted when the screws are tightened, then
tighten all the screws.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The tightening torque for the hex screws (10) is given on the aft seal
assembly drawing and must be followed.

 Measure and record the final eccentricity of liner (1).

NOTE!
The form in Section 10 of this documentation should be used for the records.
A fax copy for our Service department is desirable

Pos : 3.8.5 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ausric hten/Ausrichten N ac har beit h @ 1\mod_1133864491898_2.doc @ 14437

2.7.3 Final Securing of fastening Screws at aft Seal

NOTE!
For an electrically-insulated aft seal liner (1) secure the hex screws (10)
using LOCTITE 242/243 instead of chrome-steel wire (see below).

NOTE!
For fastening the zinc anodes (87) by bolts (88) refer to Section ”Corrosion
Protection”.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 56 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.7.3.1 Securing the Screws at Flange and Liner with Wire

Fig. 28: Securing the aft seal screws with wire

10 Hex screws 87 Ring anode


18 Safety wire 88 Hex screws

To avoid loosening of the screws (7) and (10) they are provided with a transverse bore at the
hexagon heads for using chrome steel safety wire (18) (exceptions are hex screws (10) at
electrically-insulated aft seal liners).

To secure the hex screws (7) and (10) at aft seal use chrome-steel safety wire (18) proceed as
follows:

NOTE!
Always secure two hex screws located next to each other with one wire.
Do not overlap the holes for the hex screws (88) of ring anode (87).

1 Install the safety wire (18) between two hex screws (7) / (10).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The wire must be installed in such a way that it leaves the hexagon head
clockwise in a tangential direction to avoid loosening of hex screws during
operation (as shown on the above drawing).

2 Cut the overlength safety wire (18) and twist the safety wire (18) between the two
hex screws (7) / (10) until the safety wire (18) is tight.
 Repeat these steps for all screws (7) and (10).

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 57 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.7.3.2 Securing the Screws at aft Seal Liner with Loctite (optional)
For an electrically-insulated aft seal liner (1) the hex screws (10) must be secured by using
LOCTITE 242/243 instead of chrome-steel wire. This is necessary to avoid electrical connection
between the anodes and the propeller.

To secure the hex screws (10) at aft seal with Loctite proceed as follows:
For each single screw (10) at aft seal liner (1)
1 Remove screw (10).
2 Coat the thread of screw (10) with Loctite.
3 Ensure that insulating sleeve (85) and Insulating washer (86) are in position.
4 Tighten the screw (10) with the correct tightening torque.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Refer to the assembly drawing for the correct tightening torque.
The tightening torque for the hex screws (10) is given on the assembly
drawing and must be followed.

 Repeat these steps for all screws (10).

Pos : 3.8.6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ei nbau Abd./Einbau Akul on Ri nge @ 1\mod_1138020774158_2.doc @ 15093

2.7.4 Alternative Gasket between Propeller and aft Seal Liner (Optional)

1 Liner
10 Hexagon screw
17 Akulon washer
18 Chrome steel wire
30 Centering insert ring
81 Flat packing

Fig. 29: Special sealing of Liner Screws

The hexagon screws (10) will be additional sealed by a sealing washers (17), made of Akulon
(Polyamide), if:

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 58 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

 the sealing surface of flat packing (81) is too small in the area of bores for the
hexagon screws (10).
 no O-ring is used between the liner (1) and the propeller, i.e. for controllable pitch
propeller because of oil supply under the liner (1) into the propeller hub.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The tightening torque for screws with Akulon washers (17) is much lower
than for screws without Akulon washer (17).
Refer to the assembly drawing for the correct tightening torque.

Pos : 3.8.7 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Is o+Anstric h/Isoli erung @ 1\mod_1134495063393_2.doc @ 14637

2.7.5 Electrical Isolation of aft Seal Liner (Optional)

NOTE!
The electrical isolation of aft seal liner (1) is valid mainly for those types of
S.C.-seal with ceramic coated liners (1), meaning which have a "C" in their
designation (i.e. SC2 C,) and for seals that needs a special protection.

Fig. 30a: Electrical Isolation of aft Seal Liner Fig. 30b: Electrical Isolation of aft Seal Liner
Shaft centered. Propeller centered.

10 Hexagon screw, (secured with Loctite) 10 Hexagon screw, (secured with Loctite)
30 Isolating insert ring E Isolating ribbon (glued in)
81 Flat packing 81 Flat packing
85 Isolating sleeve 85 Isolating sleeve
86 Isolating washer (glued in) 86 Isolating washer (glued in)

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 59 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

The electrical isolation of the liner (1) from the propeller and propeller shaft presents an
additional protection against corrosion, and contributes to extending the service life of the
sacrificial anodes.
Isolation of the liner (1) from the shaft is effected by means of two guide strips (30) housed in
the bore of the liner (1). The liner (1) is also centered on the shaft by this means.

NOTE!
When the liner (1) is propeller centered, the electrical isolation between the
liner (1) and the shaft is carried out by min 1 mm gap and the recess at the
liner (1) towards the propeller is designed with a glued-in insulating ribbon.

The flat packing (81) prevents contact between the liner (1) and the propeller and, at the same
time, it protects the S.C.-seals against entry of water and leakage of oil, respectively.
Plastic sleeves (85) and isolation washers (86) in the bolt holes of the liner flange (1) avoid an
electrical contact of the hexagon bolts (10) with the liner (1). Therefore the hexagon bolts (10)
must be secured with Loctite.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


To avoid any short circuit between the isolated liner (1) and the propeller no
chrome steel wire is allowed to secure the bolts (10) at the liner flange.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 60 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.8 Alignment of forward S.C.-seal


Pos : 3.9.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ausric hten/Ü _Ausric hten Laufbuc hs e v @ 1\mod_1139483850924_2.doc @ 15433

NOTE!
The permissible tolerances are given on the drawing ”Dimensions with
Tolerances”.
When measuring the true running, always turn the shaft.

Pos : 3.9.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ausric hten/Ausrichten Bild v Z @ 1\mod_1133614906884_2.doc @ 14215

2.8.1 Alignment work on the forward liner

Fig. 31: True running check at the forward seal Type SC2 Z

NOTE!
The True running check for this type should be done first at the axial surface
of the fixed clamp ring and afterwards between the liner flange and cover ring
of forward seal housing.

For this, the seal casing must already be mounted on the stern tube, and the shaft must be in its
final (coupled) position.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 61 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Pos : 3.9.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ausric hten/Ausrichten T ext Kl emmring v @ 1\mod_1133615038934_2.doc @ 14219

2.8.2 Aligning the Clamp Ring of the forward Liner

 Place the halves of the clamp ring (6) with inserted clamping sleeve (7) over the shaft, and
screw them loose together with the hex cap socket screws (17) and serrated lock washer
(10).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The clamp-ring halves must fit snugly on the shaft.

 Adjust the clamp ring (6) to the overall length according to the drawing of the forward S.C.-
seal.
 Measure the axial run-out at the clamp ring (6) with a dial test indicator, turning the shaft
while doing this.

If the true running measured exceeds the permissible tolerance, re-align the clamp ring (6).

1. Turn the point that is farthest from the sterntube upwards.


2. Hit the free rear of the clamp ring (6) with a lead hammer or aluminium/copper drift.
3. Measure the axial run-out at the clamp ring (6) again.
 Repeat the procedure if the specified tolerance is still exceeded.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The axial run-out of the clamp ring (6) is very important for the alignment of
the forward liner (1).

 Tighten the hexagon socket head cap screws (17) crosswise.


Check the dial gauge; if twisted, align it again.
 Measure and record the final axial run-out at the clamp ring (6).
 Slide the O-ring (16) up to the clamp ring (6).
 Unscrew the screws (14) used during transportation to fix the liner flange in place on the
casing, and draw the liner (1) up against the clamp ring (6).

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 62 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.8.3 Alignment of the forward Seal Liner

Pos : 3.9.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ausric hten/Ausrichten T ext Li ner v @ 2\mod_1147959086293_2.doc @ 16821

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The clamp ring must be aligned and fixed before starting aligning the forward
liner, otherwise the liner may slip on the shaft.

 Tighten up four cap socket screws (15) with serrated lock washer (19) into the liner flange
(1), evenly distributed around its circumference, all the way, and the others hand-tight.
 Apply the marking for “0” on the liner flange.
 Measure the eccentricity with a dial gauge between the liner flange and the casing every
45°, and record the values.

NOTE!
The shaft must be turned while measuring the eccentricity.

Angle Your reading:



45°
90°

135°

180°

225°

270°

315°

Fig. 32: Measure the eccentricity every 45°.

 Mark the minimum and maximum values on the flange of the liner (1).

If the true running measured exceeds the permissible tolerance, re-align the forward liner (1)
(leaving the dial gauge attached). To realign the liner (1) proceed as follows:

Pos : 3.9.5 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ausric hten/Ausrichten M ethoden v @ 1\mod_1139415197797_2.doc @ 15417

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 63 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.8.4 Normal Method to realign the forward Seal Liner


(Alignment with hammer/drift)

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Do not use this method for split liners or ceramic-coated liners!

 Turn the highest point (MAX) upwards.


 Loosen the hex cap socket screws (15) a bit.
 Hit the liner flange with a lead hammer or an aluminium/copper drift.
 Watch the dial gauge while aligning the forward liner (1).
 Tighten the hex cap socket screws (15) with the correct tightening torque crosswise.
Watch the dial gauge.
If the liner is not twisted when the screws are tightened, then tighten all the screws.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The tightening torque for the hex cap socket screws (15) is given on the
forward seal assembly drawing and must be followed.

 Measure and record the final eccentricity of forward liner (1).

NOTE!
The form in Section 10 of this documentation should be used for the records.
A fax copy for our Service department is desirable

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 64 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.8.5 Final Securing of fastening Screws at forward S.C.-seal


Pos : 3.9. 6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/02_Einbau/02 M odule/Ausric hten/Ausrichten N ac har beit v @ 1\mod_1139411357886_2.doc @ 15413

To secure the hex screws (70) at forward S.C.-seal flange use the already installed tab washers
(71) after the hex screws (70) are tighten.

2 Flange ring
70 hex screws
71 tab washers

Fig. 33: Securing the forward seal screws


with tab washers

1 Bend the long strap of tab washers (71) downwards the outer dia of flange ring (2)
by hammer.
2 Bend the short strap of tab washers (71) upwards to one side of the spanner flat of
screw head by suitable tool (i.e. screwdriver and hammer).
 Repeat these steps for all hex screws (70).

Pos : 3.10 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 65 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Pos : 3.11 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/M ass nahmen/Mas snahmen n. Einbau @ 1\mod_1131616255640_2.doc @ 13695

2.9 Measures to be taken after Fitting the S.C.-Seals

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Protect the S.C.-seal during the ship's stay at the shipyard, carefully against
dirt and other foreign matter.
Especially protection against sand blasting and paint on liners surface
is required, otherwise the S.C.-seal may be leaky.

 Check and note the aft S.C.-seal measurements for later use and comparison, after the
coupling and alignment of the line shafting has been completed, using the Blohm + Voss
wear-down gauge (15).
See also Chapter “Checking the Propeller Shaft Bearing with Blohm + Voss Wear down
Gauge”.

Pos : 3.12.1 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/M ess en ( wear)/Messgerät H olz kasten @ 3\mod_1195581419165_2.doc @ 24848

2.10 Checking the Propeller Shaft Bearing with B+V Wear down Gauge
2.10.1 General
The B+V wear-down gauge (15) is used to check the clearance of the bearings. The
measurement represents only a relative measurement and indicates only a change of the
bearing clearance if compared with the original measurement.
The wear down gauge (15) is supplied in a wooden tool box and must be stored on board.

Fig. 34: Wear down gauge in wooden tool box

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 66 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

NOTE!
The first measurement shall be taken immediately after fitting of the shaft.

Measuring values are mainly determined in chamber I which serve as reference values for later
measurements. Since it is important for all measurements that the wear down gauge (15) is
always used in the same position, the line mark of the wear down gauge (15) must be punch
marked on the casing of the aft S.C.-seal during the first measurement.

Pos : 3.12.2 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/M ess en ( wear)/Messung Z eitpl an @ 3\mod_1201624871167_2.doc @ 25321

2.10.2 Schedule for Measuring


The wear down measurement must be carried out whenever a reference value is needed or an
aft sterntube bush wear must be checked. Therefore check it
- after installation of the aft S.C.-seal (or aft sterntube bush),
- before servicing the aft S.C.-seal (or aft sterntube bush) as well as
- before dismantling the aft S.C.-seal.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


When the ship is in dry dock measure the wear down of the aft sterntube
bush before dismantling and after reassembling the aft S.C.-seal.

Pos : 3.12.3 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 67 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Pos : 3.12.4 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/M ess en ( wear)/Messgerät Allgem 4Ri nge @ 3\mod_1195581277552_2.doc @ 24843

2.10.3 Preparation for Measuring

NOTE!
Working holes in the rope guard must be prepared on top and bottom side to
enable a wear down measurement by diver with the ship afloat.

The working holes (top and bottom) must be located over the plugs that are used for wear down
measurement. The distance from the sterntube boss is given on the assembly drawing of the aft
seal. The working holes must be designed that a diver can install the wear down gauge safe
and measure the wear down with the ship afloat.

Fig. 35: Rope guard with opening for wear down gauge reading (typical drawing)

P Propeller T Rope Guard


A Aft seal W Wear Down Gauge
N Net Pick-Up S Sterntube

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 68 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

NOTE!
For all measurements care shall be taken that the 'O' mark is always in the
same position, which is punched into the circumference of the flange of the
liner. It will be useful to fit the liner in such a way that this mark corresponds
with the No. 1 propeller blade.
After each disassembly of the seal new measured values shall be
determined.

Pos : 3.12.5 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/M ess en ( wear)/Messgerät Bild SC2 M @ 1\mod_1138367724075_2.doc @ 15115

Fig. 36: Aft seal measurement Type: SC2 M

1 Liner 58 Hexagon Socket Pipe Plug


15 Wear Down Gauge 59 Copper Ring
I Chamber
II Chamber M Marking at Gauge
III Chamber O Marking at Liner

NOTE!
Carry out the measurement with the B+V wear down gauge in Chamber I.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 69 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.10.4 Measuring Procedure


Pos : 3.12.6 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/M ess en ( wear)/Messung Vorgang @ 1\mod_1131961497285_2.doc @ 13717

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The wear down reading with the wear-down gauge (15) is a relative
measurement only. Therefore the values measured before are needed.

NOTE!
The measurement should be done at the upper side of the S.C.-seal (and at
the bottom side when possible).

 Remove the socket pipe plugs (58) at top and bottom, together with sealing rings (59), from
the chamber I.
 Screw the wear-down gauge (15) firmly into the bore of the chamber I at the top, bottom
respectively. Note marking.

NOTE!
All measurements refer to position “0” on flange of liner top.

 Read the values measured

B Base for main value


(i.e. 132 mm)
Where the scale is matching
or below the base line (B)
R Base for 0,1 reading
(i.e. 0,6 mm)
Where the scale is matching
a graduation mark (R).

Abb. 37: Nonius reading at wear down gauge Example reading =132,6 mm

 compare them with the figures measured before


W(i) = top (new reading) - top (old reading)
or

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 70 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

W(i) =bottom (old reading) - bottom (new reading)


while W(i) = Wear (since the last reading)
 enter values measured in the table located in the cover of the wooden wear-down
gauge box.

Date top bottom wear W(i) Date top bottom wear W(i)
measure
ment

Tab. 1: Table for measured values

 The total wear of the aft sterntube bush is the summary of all W(i) measured since
installation of the aft sterntube bush.

NOTE!
Do not summarize the W(i) with the values before dismantling and after
reassembling the aft seal in drydock.

 After completion of measurements close the bores by re-inserting the socket pipe plugs
(58), together with the sealing rings (59).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Maintenance of the aft sterntube bush is necessary at the latest when the
total wear (summary) is reaching the value “W” given in the table on drawing
7-195-1260-000. “Dimensions with Tolerances”.

NOTE!
A check of the clearance of the bearing can also be performed under water;
however, care shall be taken that the original value measure is available.
In order to avoid any pollution of the sea water the underwater
measurements should preferably be carried out in lower part of S.C.-seal
(6 o'clock position).
Measuring connections are provided at top and bottom of the aft S.C.-seal.
During the installation care shall be taken to ensure a vertical position of the
measuring connections at the S.C.-seal.

Pos : 3.12.7 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/M ess en ( wear)/Messung Beis piel @ 3\mod_1201694511615_2.doc @ 25361

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 71 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.10.5 Example for Wear Down Gauge Reading


Below several figures for example readings with the wear down gauge are given.

Reading WEAR Reading WEAR


Date Top Top W(i) Bottom Bott. Remarks
W(i)

launching 132,0 - 130,8 - initial values


1 st
i.e. after 2 years - - 130,7 0,1 by diver
operation
after 5 years 132,2 0,2 130,6 0,1 in drydock before dismantling

after 5 years 131,8 - 131,0 - in drydock after reassembling


2 nd
i.e. after 8 years - 130,9 0,1 by diver
operation
after 10 years 132,0 0,2 130,8 0,1 in drydock before dismantling

3 rd after 10 years 132,1 - 130,7 - in drydock after reassembling


operation today 132,3 0,2 130,5 0,2 actual reading

0,6 0,6 Summary (mm)


Tab. 2: Wear down gauge reading over the years (example)

NOTE!
Summarize all W(i) from “top” reading or all W(i) from “bottom” reading only.

The value “W” from table on drawing 7-195-1260-000. for i.E. Size 710 is 0,45-0,55 mm ,
This means with the summarized wear (0,6 mm):

Result for this example: A maintenance of the aft sterntube bush is needed!

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 72 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.11 Corrosion Protection


Pos : 3.13.2 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/Anoden/Korrosion Allgemei n @ 1\mod_1129552969607_2.doc @ 13261 @ 3 @ 1

2.11.1 General
For the protection of the chrome-steel liners against corrosion, zinc anodes (87) for the aft S.C.-
seal are included in the standard supply.
The S.C.-seal housing, provided it is not of bronze, has been treated with a prime coat at our
works. It is necessary to give the S.C.-seal a final coat of ship paint.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


It is absolutely necessary to fit zinc anodes (87). The zinc anodes (87) must
be checked during each docking of the vessel and must be renewed if
necessary.
Care must be taken that a proper contact is ensured between the liner flange
and the anode holder.

Pos : 3.13.3 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/Anoden/Ri nganode @ 1\mod_1129553192988_2.doc @ 13265 @ 3 @ 1

2.11.2 Ring Anode

Fig. 38: Ring Anode front view and cross section at liner

10 Hexagon screw 87 Ring Anode (A)


88 Hex. socket head cap screw
(secured by Loctite 242/243)

 Remove the mounting bracket (16) after the aft S.C.-seal has been installed.
 Mount the ring anode segments in accordance with the above picture using the bolts (88)
the threads of which have to been wetted with LOCTITE 242/243.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 73 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

A ØB C Summ. A ØB C Summ.
for No. of Grad ~ Weight for No. of Grad ~ Weight
Size Segment max. Zn (kg) Size Segment max. Zn (kg)

125 276 3,7 600 824 31 25,1


140 296 4,8 630 3 120 880 28,8
160 320 5,3 670 942 31,8
37
180 362 6,1 710 970 35,4
200 384 6,4 750 1017 37,8
220 406 6,9 800 1075 45,1
4 90 42
240 420 21 7,7 850 1132 48,6
260 2 180 454 8,5 900 1196 54,8
280 474 9 950 1258 59,2
300 491 9,5 975 1298 60,8
47
330 545 11,1 1000 1298 60,8
355 578 12,7 1030 1362 66,4
5 72
380 610 13,7 1060 1362 66,4
400 620 15 1090 1426 73,1
26
420 642 15,9 1120 1426 73,1
52
450 666 18,3 1180 1486 76,3
6 60
480 708 19,9 1250 1562 85,5
500 3 120 718 31 20,2
530 750 21,6
560 799 24,5
Tab. 3: Dimensions and weights of ring anodes

Pos : 3.13.4 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627 @ @ 1

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 74 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Pos : 3.13.5 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/Anoden/Einzel anode @ 1\mod_1129553854910_2.doc @ 13269 @ 3 @ 1

2.11.3 Block Anodes (optional)

Fig. 39: Block Anodes

87 Block Anode 88 Hex. socket head cap screw


(secured by Loctite 242/243)

 Remove the mounting bracket (16) after the aft S.C.-seal has been installed.
 Mount the ring anode segments in accordance with the above picture using the bolts (88)
the threads of which have to been wetted with LOCTITE 242/243.

No. ofSumm.
Size weight W X Y Z ø
Anodes Zn (kg)

125 – 160
M6
180 – 220
240 – 260 4 2,2 43 95 58 20
M8
280 – 330
355 – 420 M10
450 – 530 M12
560 – 630
6 6
670 30 100 60 25
710
750 – 800 8 M16
8
850 – 950 19,2
975 – 1120 10 24 40 120 80 35
1180 - 1250 12 28,8
Tab. 4: Dimensions and weights of block anodes

Pos : 3.14.1 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/Iso+ Anstrich/Ü Ans trich @ 1\mod_1145460384395_2.doc @ 16281

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 75 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.12 Coating the S.C.-Seals

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The S.C.-seal housing, provided it is not made of bronze, has been treated
with an anticorrosive 2K primer at our works.
However, it is needed to paint this area after installation has been
completed.

NOTE!
A housing made of bronze, does not need any painting.

Pos : 3.14.2 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/Iso+ Anstrich/Anstric h h @ 1\mod_1137774130715_2.doc @ 15081

2.12.1 Anticorrosive Paint at aft S.C.-seal


All non corrosion resistant housings (i.e. made from cast iron) must be painted with
anticorrosive paint.

Fig. 40: Anticorrosive paint at aft S.C.-seal, sterntube boss and rope guard

G Aft S.C.-seal housing P Propeller hub


L Aft seal liner A Anticorrosive paint (- - - -)

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 76 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

The anticorrosive paint is needed to extend the service life of the sacrificial anodes, which are
protecting the aft seal liner (1) against corrosion.

 Coat the area (- - - - -), if not made from bronze, under the rope guard with anticorrosive
paint. Care must be taken that paint does not make contact with the chrome-steel liner
surface (1).

NOTE!
Distance rings (65) and adapter rings (95) made of cast iron which are bolted
together with housings made of bronze must be also painted with
anticorrosive paint at the outside.

Pos : 3.14.3 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/Iso+ Anstrich/Anstric h v @ 1\mod_1138704673871_2.doc @ 15152

2.12.2 Final Paint at forward S.C.-seal


All non corrosion resistant housings must be painted with anticorrosive paint.

Fig. 41: Final paint at forward S.C.-seal

G Forward S.C.-seal housing K Clamp ring


L Forward seal liner A Anticorrosive paint (- - - -)

 Coat the area (- - - - -) with final paint. Care must be taken that paint does not make contact
with the liner surface (1).

Pos : 3.15 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 77 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

Pos : 3.16 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/N et Pic k Up @ 2\mod_1164631552435_2.doc @ 20068


Net

2.13 Installation of the Net Pick-Up (Option)

To protect the aft seal against fishing nets,


a Net Pick-Up (made from bronze) can be
installed. For easy assembly it is designed
as a split type.

Fig. 42: Net Pick-Up 3D View

The Net Pick-Up will be mounted at the rotating propeller above the corrosion protection of the
aft seal. By the U-section and the gap between the Net Pick-Up and the rope guard it is
designed to wind up fishing nets that passed the rope guard.

P Propeller
T Rope Guard
N Net Pick-Up (split type)
A Aft seal
PS Propeller shaft

Fig. 43: Net Pick-Up fixed at the propeller

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 78 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

NOTE!
Please also refer to the corresponding Net Pick-Up drawing.

 Lift the Net Pick-Up half (1) with a suitable device at the lifting eye bolt (4) and lay it around
the propeller.
 Fasten the Net Pick-Up halves (1) one after the other with the hexagon socket head cap
screws (2) at the propeller using Loctite.
 Remove the lifting eye bolts (4) from the Net Pick-Up halves and store them onboard.
 Close the open threads by set screws (3) using Loctite.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 79 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
INSTALLATION

2.14 Net-Cutters (Option)


Pos : 3.17 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/02_Ei nbau/02 Module/N etzmess er @ 2\mod_1158910409344_2.doc @ 18721
Net

To protect the aft seal against fishing nets, Net Cutters can be installed.

Abb. 44a: Net Cutter 3D View Abb. 44b: Net Cutter Fastening by screws

The Net Cutters (made from stainless steel) can be installed either on the rotating propeller or
on the rope guard. They can be welded or fastened by screws.

WARNING! Danger of injury or mortal danger!


The net cutters are sharp-edged. Special care must be taken during handling
of the net cutters, especially when the propeller shaft is turning.

Fig. 45a: Net Cutter fixed at the Propeller Fig. 45b: Net Cutter fixed at the Rope Guard

NOTE!
The distance “X” between Net Cutter and propeller or rope guard respectively
should be approx. 5 mm .

The recommended number of Net Cutters depends on the size of the aft seal and is mentioned
on the corresponding Net Cutter drawing.
Pos : 4 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 80 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
COMMISSIONING

Pos : 5.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/03_Inbetriebnahme/03 M odule/Ü IN BETRIEBN AHME @ 1\mod_1133287001841_2.doc @ 14118

3 COMMISSIONING
Pos : 5.2.1 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/03_Inbetriebnahme/03_M odul e/Ü 1 Inbetri ebnahme Schutzausrüstung @ 4\mod_1272448917031_2.doc @ 33658

3.1 Personal protective Gear for Commissioning


The following personal protective gear must be generally worn during commissioning of the
equipment, in line with the work at hand:

Pos : 5.2.2 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/00_Sicherheit/00_M odul e/Schutz Kl eidung @ 4\mod_1271173095875_2.doc @ 33183

Protective Work Clothing


Close-fitting work clothing (low tear-resistance, no wide sleeves, no rings or
other jewellery, etc.)

Pos : 5.2.3 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/00_Sicherheit/00_M odul e/Schutz Schuhe @ 4\mod_1271173190000_2.doc @ 33191

Safety Shoes
To protect against heavy, falling parts and slipping on slippery floors.

Pos : 5.2.4 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/00_Sicherheit/00_M odul e/Schutz Handsc huhe @ 4\mod_1271173193140_2.doc @ 33195

Protective Gloves
To protect the skin against friction, abrasions, piercing and deeper injuries to
the hands and to protect against contact with health-harming substances.

Pos : 5.2.5 /Allgemei n/--Leerz eile @ 3\mod_1216227638281_0.doc @ 28803

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 81 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
COMMISSIONING

3.2 Pressure Tests and Filling of Sterntube Seals


Pos : 5.3.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/03_Inbetriebnahme/03 M odule/Druc kproben/Ü_Dr uc kproben @ 1\mod_1134576112570_2.doc @ 14661
Pos : 5.3.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/03_Inbetriebnahme/03 M odule/Druc kproben/Bil d Dr-Probe M @ 4\mod_1242055684109_2.doc @ 30670

3.2.1 Pressure Test of aft Seal

Propeller Sterntube
side side

Ring #1 #2 #3R #3
Chamber (I) (II) (III)
Bottom Plug 8 9,10 11
Fig. 46: Internal Arrangement of aft Seal
Type: SC2 M

Fig. 47: Socket pipe plugs at aft seal Type SC2 M (view from aft)

 Remove the socket pipe plugs No.2, No.3 (chamber I), No.9 (chamber II) and No.6, No.11
(chamber III) only.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 82 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
COMMISSIONING

NOTE!
For filling quantity of seal chambers, refer to table filling quantity later in this
chapter.

Pos : 5.3.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/03_Inbetriebnahme/03 M odule/Druc kproben/Spezial Stopfen @ 2\mod_1165314398459_2.doc @ 20221

CAUTION! Handle with care!


At small seals only (size 125-220) where the oil/air connection is located at
the housing rings (see aft seal drawing):
These plugs (72) or (145) are punch marked on the top side and machined
with a chamber at the thread for free oil/air passage within the aft seal
housing.
They only fits at its special location, do not exchange them, otherwise the
oil/air supply may be interrupted!
After fastening the punch mark must be facing to the sterntube/Thruster.

Fig. 48a: Plug with chamfer at aft seal oil Fig. 48b: Special Plug with chamfer (optional)
connection (typical)

A Aft seal housing P Hexagon socket pipe plug with chamfer


D Sealing ring M Punch marking

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 83 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
COMMISSIONING

3.2.1.1 Pressure Test of Ring #3 and filling of Sterntube with Oil


Pos : 5.3.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/03_Inbetriebnahme/03 M odule/Druc kproben/Dr-Probe M @ 4\mod_1242055837578_2.doc @ 30698

 Fill the sterntube with oil.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Care shall be taken that the sterntube is completely vented during filling to
ensure complete filling of oil.

NOTE!
In case of low temperatures or if oil having an increased viscosity has to be
filled, we recommend to heat the oil up to 60°C ; however, the oil should not
exceed this temperature.

 Fill the gravity tank with oil.


 The sterntube thus completely filled with oil should remain at the specified operating
pressure for at least one hour .
 Check for oil leakages at outlet of plug No.11 (chamber III).
 After the system has proven tight, insert the plug No.11 oil tight with its sealing ring.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 84 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
COMMISSIONING

3.2.1.2 Pressure Test of Ring #3R and filling of Oil Chamber III

Fig. 49: Naming of valves at aft seal Type SC2 M

Z1 Shut off valve for chamber II ZD Drain valve for chamber II


Z2 Shut off valve for chamber III
Z5 Vent valve for chamber II T1 Aft seal tank

 Fill the aft seal tank with oil, keep the (2x) shut off valves Z1and Z2 between aft seal tank
and aft seal closed.
 Fill the chamber III with oil via the corresponding piping from aft seal tank by opening the
shut off valve Z2. When the oil chamber III is completely filled with oil:
 close the shut off valve Z2 in the corresponding piping from aft seal tank immediately,
 insert the plug No.6 (chamber III) oil tight with its sealing ring.

NOTE!
For filling quantity see table later in this chapter.
 Check for oil leakages at outlet of plug No.9 (chamber II).

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 85 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
COMMISSIONING

3.2.1.3 Filling of Chamber I and Pressure Test of Ring #2


 Fill the chamber I with oil at outlet of plug No.2 (top) while using outlet of plug No.3 for
venting.

NOTE!
As from S.C.-seal size 710 and according to the oil viscosity it is possible that
oil leaks out at ring #1 because of the missing counter-pressure.

 Check again for oil leakages at outlet of plug No.9 (chamber II).
 Insert the socket pipe plugs No.2 and No.3 oil tight with its sealing rings.
 After the system has proven tight, insert the plug No.9 (chamber II) oil tight with its sealing
ring.

3.2.1.4 Filling of Oil Chamber II


 Open the vent valve Z5.
 Open the drain valve ZD.
 Fill the oil chamber II with oil via the corresponding piping from aft seal tank by opening the
shut off valve Z1. When the chamber II is completely filled with oil (an air free flow of oil
comes out of the drain):
 close the shut off valve ZD at the drain outlet immediately.
 Close the shut off valve Z1 (in drydock only).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The oil level of the aft seal tank has to be checked after the ship has left the
dock and the respective shut-off valves Z1 and Z2 have been opened.

3.2.1.5 Pressure Test of Ring #1

NOTE!
The ring #1 will not be tested as this one is working as a dirt deflector only.

Pos : 5.3.5 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/03_Inbetriebnahme/03 M odule/Druc kproben/Bil d Dr-Probe v Z @ 2\mod_1181575998189_2.doc @ 21563

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 86 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
COMMISSIONING

3.2.2 Pressure Test of forward Seal

Sterntube
side

V1 V2 (Ring)
X (Chamber)
Fig. 50: Internal Arrangement of forward
Seal Type: SC2 Z

Pos : 5.3.6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/03_Inbetriebnahme/03 M odule/Druc kproben/Dr-Probe v Z @ 1\mod_1134575876771_2.doc @ 14653

A Drain plug (12)


T Forward seal tank
D Connecting pipes (3x)
O Overflow

Fig. 51: Pressure Test of forward Seal


Type SC2 Z

NOTE!
The sterntube thus already completely filled with oil and should remain at the
specified operating pressure for at least one hour .

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 87 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
COMMISSIONING

3.2.2.1 Pressure Test of Ring V1


 Remove socket pipe plug No. A (12) at bottom side of chamber X.
 Check for oil leakages at outlet of socket pipe plug No. A (12).
 After the system has proven tight, insert the socket pipe plug No. A (12) oil tight with its
sealing ring (11).

3.2.2.2 Pressure Test of Ring V2 and filling of Oil Chamber X


 Fill up the oil tank of the forward S.C.-seal to maximum oil level. Hereby the chamber X of
the forward seal will be filled.

Note!
In case of low temperatures or if oil having an increased viscosity has to be
filled, we recommend to heat the oil up to 60°C ; however, the oil should not
exceed this temperature.

 Check for oil leakages at sealing ring V2.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The oil level in the forward seal tank has to be checked after the sterntube
has been filled with oil and after the ship has left the dock.

Pos : 5.4 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 88 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
COMMISSIONING

Pos : 5.5.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/03_Inbetriebnahme/03 M odule/Füll meng en/Füll M+Z @ 1\mod_1136536513073_2.doc @ 14953

3.3 Filling Quantity of the aft and forward S.C.-Seal


(Without Oil Tank and Piping)

Fig. 52a: Seal chambers at aft seal Fig. 52b: Seal chamber at forward seal

The filling quantity for the chambers of the seals is given in the table below.

Chamber Chamber
Pos : 5.5.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/03_Inbetriebnahme/03 M odule/Füll meng en/Tab F üll mge M+Z @ 1\mod_1141643106904_0.doc @ 15818
Size I II III / X Size I II III / X
125 0,12 0,1 0,12 600 0,93 0,86 0,93
140 0,15 0,14 0,15 630 0,98 0,90 0,98
160 0,17 0,15 0,17 670 1,04 0,96 1,04
180 0,18 0,16 0,18 710 1,19 1,24 1,19
200 0,19 0,17 0,19 750 1,11 1,31 1,34
220 0,21 0,19 0,21 800 1,25 1,63 1,78
240 0,25 0,23 0,25 850 1,40 1,73 1,89
260 0,27 0,25 0,27 900 1,64 2,06 2,15
280 0,29 0,27 0,29 950 1,74 2,17 2,27
300 0,31 0,28 0,31 975 1,75 2,23 2,32
330 0,34 0,31 0,34 1000 1,77 2,28 2,38
355 0,44 0,40 0,44 1030 1,91 2,60 2,59
380 0,47 0,43 0,47 1060 2,00 2,88 2,78
400 0,49 0,45 0,49 1090 2,00 2,97 2,87
420 0,52 0,47 0,52 1120 2,00 3,05 2,97
450 0,64 0,60 0,64 1180 2,00 3,20 3,10
480 0,68 0,64 0,68 1250 1,92 3,50 3,44
500 0,71 0,67 0,71
530 0,75 0,71 0,75

Pos : 5.5.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/03_Inbetriebnahme/03 M odule/Füll meng en/Tab u. Füll M+Z @ 1\mod_1141643250440_2.doc @ 15822
560 0,87 0,81 0,87
Tab. 5: Chamber filling (Oil) quantity in (L) Types: SC2 M (aft) and SC2 Z (forward)
Pos : 6 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 89 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
OPERATION

Pos : 7.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/04_Betrieb/04 Modul e/Betrieb/Ü BETR IEB @ 1\mod_1133287005376_2.doc @ 14122

4 OPERATION
Pos : 7.2.1 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/04_Betrieb/04_Module/Ü 1 Betrieb Schutzausrüstung @ 4\mod_1272449275546_2.doc @ 33667

4.1 Personal protective Gear for Operating


The following personal protective gear must be generally worn during operating of the
equipment, in line with the work at hand:

Pos : 7.2.2 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/00_Sicherheit/00_M odul e/Schutz Kl eidung @ 4\mod_1271173095875_2.doc @ 33183

Protective Work Clothing


Close-fitting work clothing (low tear-resistance, no wide sleeves, no rings or
other jewellery, etc.)

Pos : 7.2.3 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/00_Sicherheit/00_M odul e/Schutz Schuhe @ 4\mod_1271173190000_2.doc @ 33191

Safety Shoes
To protect against heavy, falling parts and slipping on slippery floors.

Pos : 7.2.4 /Allgemei n/--Leerz eile @ 3\mod_1216227638281_0.doc @ 28803

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 90 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
OPERATION

4.2 System Overview for Operation


Pos : 7.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/04_Betrieb/04 Modul e/Bilder/Bil d Leitungen M @ 4\mod_1218545042562_2.doc @ 29067

Fig. 53: Aft Seal Lubrication Diagram Type SC2 M with vent line

A Aft seal T1 Tank for chamber II and III


Z1 Shut of valve in oil supply line for aft seal Z2 Shut of valve for aft seal oil chamber III
oil chamber II
Z5 Shut off valve in vent line for aft seal oil ZD Drain valve in vent line for aft seal oil
chamber II chamber II

Pos : 7.4 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 91 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
OPERATION

Pos : 7.5 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/04_Betrieb/04 Modul e/Prep. Lub./Prep. Lubr M+Z @ 1\mod_1142340358164_2.doc @ 16006

4.3 Preparing the Lubrication System for Operation


 Fill the sterntube with oil.
 Check the gravity tank for oil filling.
 Open the shut off valve in the pipe between the gravity tank and the sterntube, if any.
 Check the aft seal tank for oil filling.
 Open the shut off valve Z2 in the pipe between the aft seal tank and the oil chamber III of aft
seal.
 Open the shut off valve Z1 in the pipe between the aft seal tank and the oil chamber II of aft
seal.
 Open shut off valve Z5 in the oil vent pipe.
 Open shut off valve ZD and check for oil overflow from chamber II, then close shut off valve
ZD.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


It is extremely important that the oil chambers II and III are completely filled
with oil, otherwise the sealing rings may fail.

 Check the forward seal tank for oil filling.

Pos : 7.6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/04_Betrieb/04 Modul e/Betrieb/Ü 2 Betri eb Seals (mehrer e) @ 2\mod_1154615879334_2.doc @ 17335

4.4 Operation of the Seals


There are different operating conditions available to run the seals.

Pos : 7.7 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 92 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
OPERATION

Pos : 7.8 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/04_Betrieb/04 Modul e/Betrieb/Betri eb M+Z @ 1\mod_1142340318847_2.doc @ 16002

4.4.1 Normal Operation


Chamber I has the same pressure as the surrounding see water because sealing ring #1 is
working as a dirt deflector only. The sealing ring #2 is sealing against the high water pressure
and sealing rings #3R is facing (sealing) the sterntube. The chamber II between is pressurized
by an aft seal oil tank with a pressure lower than the water pressure. Sealing ring #3 is facing
(sealing) against the higher sterntube oil pressure. The chamber III between the rings #3R and
#3 is pressurized by the same aft seal oil tank as chamber II, therefore the sealing ring #3R is
running without load (differential pressure).
The forward seal rings V1 and V2 are facing towards the sterntube, while the chamber X is
pressurized with a low pressure to reduce the ring loads and to lubricate the sealing rings.
For this operation set the valves as follows:
 Z1, Z5 open ZD closed (valves in oil and vent pipe for chamber II)
 Z2 open (valve between aft seal tank T1 and chamber III)

The pressure within the seals is given as shown:

Propeller Sterntube Sterntube Engine-


side side side Room
STERNTUBE

(Ring) #1 #2 #3R #3 V1 V2 (Ring)

p (bar)

(I) (II) (III) (STERNTUBE) (X) (Chamber)


Water Oil/Wat. Oil Oil Oil Oil Air (Medium)
Fig. 54: Normal pressure conditions within seal lubrication system Type SC2 M +SC2 Z

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 93 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
OPERATION

4.4.2 Operation when Ring#3 is damaged


If the sealing ring #3 is damaged, the chamber III is pressurized with the sterntube pressure and
the sealing ring #3R must be activated. Therefore

 close the valve Z2 in the line from aft seal tank (T1) to the chamber III.

For this operation set the valves as follows:

 Z1, Z5 open ZD closed (valves in oil and vent pipe for chamber II)
 Z2 closed (valve between aft seal tank T1 and chamber III)

The pressure within the seals is given as shown:

Propeller Sterntube Sterntube Engine-


side side side Room
STERNTUBE

(Ring) #1 #2 #3R #3 V1 V2 (Ring)

p (bar)

(I) (II) (III) (STERNTUBE) (X) (Chamber)


Water Wat. Oil Oil Oil Oil Air (Medium)
Fig. 55: Pressure conditions within seal lubrication system Type SC2 M +SC2 Z

Pos : 7.9 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 94 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
OPERATION

Pos : 7.10 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/04_Betri eb/04 M odul e/Betri eb/U m 2 T ank Sytem B @ 4\mod_1241799074546_2.doc @ 30582

4.5 Tank Selection at 2 Tank System (optional)

NOTE!
At a draft difference HLWL - HBWL > 8°m , the seal system must be equipped
with a second gravity tank and a second aft seal tank.

Fig. 56: Valve Settings at 2 Tank Version SC2 B (typical sketch)

Z3 Shut of valve for oil pipe to aft seal Z16 Shut of valve in return line between
sterntube and Tank T2.1
Z12 Changeover valve in oil pipe between A Outlet at changeover valve to aft seal
sterntube and Tanks T1/T1.1
Z13 Shut of valve in return line between B Connection at changeover valve to lower
sterntube and Tank T2 tank
Z15 Changeover valve in oil pipe between C Connection at changeover valve to upper
sterntube and Tanks T2/T2.1 tank

If not mentioned otherwise on the corresponding schemata „Diagram of Sterntube Lubrication“,


the height of switch over point has to be calculated as follows:

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 95 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
OPERATION

Height of switch over point:

HLWL + HBWL
HSOP = [m]
2

HSOP Draft where to switch over between the


lower and upper tanks
HLWL Height of Load Water Line (LWL)
HBWL Height of Ballast Water Line (BWL)

The switch over between the gravity tanks as well as between the aft seal tanks must be done
at HSOP simultaneous. Operate the tanks according to the actual draft:

between HBWL and HSOP


Operate with the lower aft seal Tank1 and the lower gravity Tank2, therefore set the valves:
Z3, Z13 open (shut off valves)
Z16 closed (shut off valve)
Z12, Z15 set to A->C (open for lower tanks)

between HSOP and HLWL


Operate with the upper aft seal Tank1.1 and the upper gravity Tank2.1, therefore set the valves:
Z3, Z16 open (shut off valves)
Z13 closed (shut off valve)
Z12, Z15 set to A->B (open for upper tanks)

Pos : 8 /Allgemei n/====Seite===== @ 0\mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 96 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
MAINTENANCE

Pos : 9.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/05_Wartung/05 Module/Ü WARTUN G @ 1\mod_1133287009011_2.doc @ 14126

5 MAINTENANCE
Pos : 9.2.1 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/05_Wartung/05_Module/Ü1 Wartung Sc hutzausr üstung @ 4\mod_1272449733031_2.doc @ 33691

5.1 Personal protective Gear for Maintenance


The following personal protective gear must be generally worn during maintenance of the
equipment, in line with the work at hand:

Pos : 9.2.2 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/00_Sicherheit/00_M odul e/Schutz Kl eidung @ 4\mod_1271173095875_2.doc @ 33183

Protective Work Clothing


Close-fitting work clothing (low tear-resistance, no wide sleeves, no rings or
other jewellery, etc.)

Pos : 9.2.3 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/00_Sicherheit/00_M odul e/Schutz Schuhe @ 4\mod_1271173190000_2.doc @ 33191

Safety Shoes
To protect against heavy, falling parts and slipping on slippery floors.

Pos : 9.2.4 /Abdic htung/C arbopl an-SC/00_Sicherheit/00_M odul e/Schutz Handsc huhe @ 4\mod_1271173193140_2.doc @ 33195

Protective Gloves
To protect the skin against friction, abrasions, piercing and deeper injuries to
the hands and to protect against contact with health-harming substances.

Pos : 9.2.5 /Allgemei n/--Leerz eile @ 3\mod_1216227638281_0.doc @ 28803

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 97 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
MAINTENANCE

5.2 Maintenance of the Seal


Pos : 9.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/05_Wartung/05 Module/Wartung Abdic htung B @ 1\mod_1137427014205_2.doc @ 15019

5.2.1 Long Term Maintenance of the aft Seal


During each dockage, however after 5 years at the latest, the S.C. seal should be removed
and overhauled.

Renew all Elastomer parts:

 The sealing rings (6) and (31).


 The O-rings (17) and (32) if installed.

To be checked and to be renewed or replaced if necessary:

 The corrosion protection (87) with its bolts (88).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Replace the corrosion protection (87) when they have less than 50% of its
original volume.

 The sealing rings (washers) (11), (34) and (59).


 The liner (1).
 The soft packings (80) and (81) at the flange surfaces, if the flanges are dismantled only.

Pos : 9.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/05_Wartung/05 Module/Wartung Isol ati on @ 2\mod_1158248087391_2.doc @ 18467

At liners with electrical isolation additionally:


 The isolation tube (85).
 The (glued in) isolation washer (86), if the electrical resistance between washer (86) and
liner (1) is too low.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 98 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
MAINTENANCE

5.2.2 Long Term Maintenance of the forward S.C.-seal


Pos : 9.5 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/05_Wartung/05 Module/Wartung Abdic htung v Z @ 1\mod_1137770531189_2.doc @ 15073

During each dockage, however after 5 years at the latest, the forward S.C.-seal should be
removed and overhauled.

Renew all Elastomer parts:

 The sealing rings (5).


 The O-ring (16).
 The circulator (22).

To be checked and to be renewed or replaced if necessary:

 The tab washers (71).


 The sealing rings (washers) (11).
 The liner (1).
 The soft packing (82) at the flange surfaces, if the flange is dismantled only.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 99 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
MAINTENANCE

5.3 Lubrication Control and Maintenance of the Oil Tanks


Pos : 9.6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/05_Wartung/05 Module/Wartung Öltanks HA @ 1\mod_1137765702386_2.doc @ 15062

5.3.1 General about Lubrication Control


The oil tank of the aft S.C.-seal acts as a pressure and storage tank as well as a leak trap for
smaller quantities of water and / or oil.
When properly positioned with the height of the tanks as given on the drawing "Diagram of
Sterntube Lubrication”, smaller quantities of water and / or oil are diverted into the inside of the
ship both when the shaft is turning and not turning.

NOTE!
Slight dripping leaks from the overflow of the oil tank for the S.C.-seal is not
an indication of a fault as long as the quantity concerned (l/day) is approx.
1% of the S.C.-seal size within a 24 hour period.
E.g. for a seal size 670 an oil consumption of 6.7 l/day is not a fault.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


When greater quantities leak, the valve from the feed pipe for the 30/50 liter
oil tank to the aft S.C.-seal must be closed.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


At continuously higher oil consumption, the use of a more viscous oil should
be considered and / or the valve in the supply line to chamber II should be
closed, but opened once or twice every day for approx. 1 hour to ensure an
oil supply for chamber II.

Similarly, low oil consumption (when the shaft is turning) is not an indication of a fault as long as
the oil consumption level is around 1% of the above named quantity or zero when the shaft is
not turning.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 100 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
MAINTENANCE

5.3.2 Lubrication Control


5.3.2.1 Weekly
The lubrication control extends only a few checks:
 Check the oil level in the sterntube gravity tank.
 Check the oil level in the 30/50 loil tank for the aft S.C.-seal, refill if necessary.
 If installed; check the oil level in the 15/30 l oil tank for the forward S.C.-seal, refill if
necessary.
 Check the oil temperature in the stern tube.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The maximum oil temperature should not exceed
60°C at sealing rings of Perbunan , and 110°C at sealing rings of Viton .
Higher temperatures can have negative effects on the service life of the
sealing rings.
If higher temperatures are measured, the cause must be determined.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 101 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
MAINTENANCE

Pos : 9.7 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/05_Wartung/05 Module/Wartung vi ertelj M @ 2\mod_1155653415365_2.doc @ 18078

5.3.2.2 Quarterly (optional)

NOTE!
In special cases the aft seal has an extra flushing pipe fitted for draining the
oil chamber.

For this purpose flush the oil chamber of the aft S.C.-seal to drain the water/oil emulsion and to
refill the chamber with fresh oil.

Fig. 57: Flushing line for draining the aft seal chamber (at bottom side of seal). Typical Sketch

A Aft seal S Sterntube


P Propeller ZD drain valve
D Drain for flushing line

Therefore:

 Open the drain valve ZD in the flushing line until clear oil is coming out of the drain.
 Check the oil level in the aft seal tank, refill if necessary.

Pos : 9.8 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/05_Wartung/05 Module/Wartung Öl hal bj B @ 2\mod_1165235686135_2.doc @ 20209

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 102 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
MAINTENANCE

Fig. 58: Oil piping for aft seal oil chamber (typical)

 Drain the content of the 30/50 liter tank for the aft S.C.-seal and refill it with new oil.
 Afterwards flush the oil piping and the oil chamber. Therefore open valve ZD until clear oil
comes out of the drain.
 If installed; drain the oil in the forward S.C.-seal and in the respective 15/30 liter oil tank and
refill both with new oil (see below).
 Take an oil sample from the sterntube and check it for water.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The maximum allowed water content in the sterntube for white metal
bearings is 5%.

The measurements depend on the condition of sample:


Oil No further measures required.
Emulsion Still in an unproblematic condition; oil change to be performed, if required.
Existing free water shall be drained.
Water Water in sterntube shall be drained and oil to be refilled.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 103 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
MAINTENANCE

Pos : 9.9 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/05_Wartung/05 Module/drai n T ank v Z @ 1\mod_1137768724671_2.doc @ 15069

5.3.2.3 Draining the Oil Tank for forward S.C.-Seal

A Drain Plug
T Forward seal tank
D Pipe connection (3x)
O Overflow

Fig. 59: Draining the oil tank and chamber of


forward seal.

 open the screw plug (9) at the top side of tank,


 open the drain plug (5) (or valve if installed) at the bottom side of the 15/30 L tank and drain the
tank content completely into a suitable container,
 open the drain plug No. A (12) at chamber X of forward seal

When the oil is drained completely, then:


 screw in drain plug No. A (12) with washer (11) oil tight into the forward S.C.-seal,
 screw in drain plug (5) with washer (6) oil tight into the bottom side of tank,
 refill fresh oil through the dipstick hole at the upper side of the 15/30 L tank up to the max level,
 screw in the dipstick into the upper side of the 15/30 L tank.

Pos : 10 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 104 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

Pos : 11.1 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/06_R eparatur/06 Module/Ü REPARATUR @ 1\mod_1133287012406_2.doc @ 14130

6 REPAIR
Pos : 11.2.1 /Abdichtung/Car bopl an- SC/06_Reparatur/06_M odule/Ü1 Reparatur Schutz ausrüs tung @ 4\mod_1272449974171_2.doc @ 33703

6.1 Personal protective Gear for Repair


The following personal protective gear must be generally worn during repair of the equipment, in
line with the work at hand:

Pos : 11.2.2 /Abdichtung/Car bopl an- SC/00_Sic herheit/00_M odule/Sc hutz Kl eidung @ 4\mod_1271173095875_2.doc @ 33183

Protective Work Clothing


Close-fitting work clothing (low tear-resistance, no wide sleeves, no rings or
other jewellery, etc.)

Pos : 11.2.3 /Abdichtung/Car bopl an- SC/00_Sic herheit/00_M odule/Sc hutz Sc huhe @ 4\mod_1271173190000_2.doc @ 33191

Safety Shoes
To protect against heavy, falling parts and slipping on slippery floors.

Pos : 11.2.4 /Abdichtung/Car bopl an- SC/00_Sic herheit/00_M odule/Sc hutz H andschuhe @ 4\mod_1271173193140_2.doc @ 33195

Protective Gloves
To protect the skin against friction, abrasions, piercing and deeper injuries to
the hands and to protect against contact with health-harming substances.

Pos : 11.2.5 /Abdichtung/Car bopl an- SC/00_Sic herheit/00_M odule/Sc hutz H el m @ 4\mod_1271173195500_2.doc @ 33199

Safety Helmet
To protect against falling and flying parts and materials.

Pos : 11.2.6 /Allgemein/--Leerz eile @ 3\mod_1216227638281_0.doc @ 28803

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 105 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.2 Procedure before docking the Ship


Pos : 11.3 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/06_R eparatur/06 Module/Doc ki ng/Ü 2 Massnahmen D oc kung @ 2\mod_1182079492455_2.doc @ 21815
Pos : 11.4 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/06_R eparatur/06 Module/Doc ki ng/D oc king M @ 1\mod_1142340205024_2.doc @ 15994

Fig. 60: Aft Seal Lubrication Diagram Type SC2 M with vent line

A Aft seal T1 Tank for chamber II and III


Z1 Shut of valve in oil supply line for aft seal Z2 Shut of valve for aft seal oil chamber III
oil chamber II
Z5 Shut off valve in vent line for aft seal oil ZD Drain valve in vent line for aft seal oil
chamber II chamber II

 Before docking the ship, stop the oil supply to chamber II by closing the shut off valve Z1 in
the supply pipe from the 30 L oil tank T1 to the aft S.C.-seal
(to avoid leakages due to missing counter pressure at ring #2).

Pos : 11.5 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 106 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

Pos : 11.6.1 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/06_R eparatur/06 Module/D oc ki ng/Ü 2 Messungen D oc kung @ 4\mod_1222781503828_2.doc @ 29333

6.3 Measurements directly after dry-docking the Ship


Pos : 11.6.2 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/06_R eparatur/06 Module/D oc ki ng/Meas ures dr ydoc king @ 4\mod_1222781757968_2.doc @ 29337

NOTE!
The following measurements should be done directly after dry-docking the
ship, before any work will be carried out at the propeller shaft (between main
engine and propeller) to ensure, that the actual figures will be kept.

NOTE!
The measured values must be recorded and compared with the figures:
 from the launching / last drydocking,
 after reassembling the seals later on.

Pos : 11.6.3 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/06_R eparatur/06 Module/D oc ki ng/Meas ures dr ydoc king h @ 4\mod_1222785712234_2.doc @ 29347

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 107 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.3.1 Realization of Measures at the aft S.C.-seal

NOTE!
It could be possible that some installation parts (i.e. rope guard, net pick-up
or flange cover) must be removed before measurement, if installed.

6.3.1.1 Pre-Check of the aft S.C.-seal


Firstly make a pre-check of the aft S.C.-seal and record it:

 How is the overall impression (i.e. rust, barnacles or paint)?


 Are there any damages visible?
 Are there any foreign particles in the S.C.-seal?
 Are there any leakages at the S.C.-seal?
 Are the screws at the housing and liner flanges complete?
 Are all plugs in the housing (top and bottom) complete?
 Do the zinc anodes still exist?
 Is a distance ring installed?
 If installed, how is the condition of the o-ring between liner flange and cover for controllable
pitch propellers (CPP)?

6.3.1.2 Measurements at the aft S.C-seal


Secondly make the measurements at the aft seal according to the table below and record it.

Location Measurement Tool (i.e.) Refer to Chapter


Aft S.C.-seal Installation length Folding rule DRAWINGS
Alignment of the aft liner Dial gauge INSTALLATION
Wear down of aft sterntube bush Wear down gauge INSTALLATION
(top and bottom)

Tab. 6: Measures at the aft S.C.-seal directly after dry-docking

Pos : 11.6.4 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/06_R eparatur/06 Module/D oc ki ng/Meas ures dr ydoc king v @ 4\mod_1222785710234_2.doc @ 29342

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 108 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.3.2 Realization of Measures at the forward S.C.-seal

NOTE!
It could be possible that some installation parts (i.e. tanks or piping) must be
removed before measurement, if installed.

6.3.2.1 Pre-Check of the forward S.C.-seal


Firstly make a pre-check of the forward S.C.-seal and record it:

 How is the overall impression (i.e. rust or paint)?


 Are there any damages visible?
 Are there any foreign particles in the S.C.-seal?
 Are there any leakages at the S.C.-seal?
 Are the screws at the housing and liner flanges complete?
 Are all plugs in the housing (top and bottom) complete?

6.3.2.2 Measurements at the forward S.C.-seal


Secondly make the measurements at the forward seal according to the table below and record it

Location Measurement Tool (i.e.) Refer to Chapter


Forward S.C.- Installation length Folding rule DRAWINGS
seal
Alignment of the forward liner Dial gauge INSTALLATION
Alignment of the clamp ring Dial gauge INSTALLATION
Tab. 7: Measures at the forward S.C.-seal directly after dry-docking

Pos : 11.7 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 109 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

Pos : 11.8 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/06_R eparatur/06 Module/Kl eben/Bondi ng Devic e @ 1\mod_1136547267898_2.doc @ 14965

6.4 Exchange of the Sealing Rings by Bonding Device


In cases where the renewal of a sealing ring is required prior to the expiry of an intermediate
survey as laid down by the requirements of the classification society, this can be accomplished
by using the SIMPLEX Bonding Device by Blohm + Voss Industries or authorized service
stations, with the ship being afloat or in dock, without having to dismount the propeller or to
withdraw the shaft.

NOTE!
In general this is possible for all sizes of S.C. seals, provided that sufficient
installation space is available (e.g. for seals with standard installation length).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The Bonding of the sealing rings must be performed by Blohm + Voss
Industries technicians or authorized service stations with special
- Bonding Device only.

To carry out bonding work at the aft seal with the ship being afloat the following shall be
ensured:

 While being afloat, trim the ship in such a way (generally only practicable with tank
vessels and bulk carriers) that the S.C.-seal is approximately one half of a meter
above the water line.
 Alternative the use of a habitat with divers from our service partner could be taken
into consideration.

Anyhow, for the bonding work

 erect a suitable working platform at the aft S.C.-seal.


 drain the oil / water from the sterntube/Thruster and the chambers of the S.C.-seal.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 110 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

Fig. 61: Bonding by bonding device without any shaft work.

After removing the housing rings and pulling out the respective sealing ring, the old sealing ring
is cut, and the new ring (non split) placed in the bonding device.

Fig. 62a: Bonding device with sealing ring Fig. 62b: Opened bonding device with cut
sealing ring

The new sealing ring is clamped in the bonding device, cut, and placed around the shaft with
the opened bonding device. The cut surfaces are coated with special adhesive, and the sealing
ring clamped in the bonding device is joined together.
After a drying time, which is shortened by the built-in electric heating element, the bonding
device will be removed and the joint will be cleaned. After inserting the tube spring at the
sealing lip, the sealing ring is „clicked‟ into position in the associated housing ring.

This process will be repeated until all rings are mounted and the seal is completely assembled.
Pos : 11.9 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 111 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

Pos : 11.10 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 Modul e/Ein- Aus bau/Aus-Ei nbau Distanzring h @ 1\mod_1136550053954_2.doc @ 14969

6.5 Use of the Distance Ring at aft Seal (optional)


By using a distance ring (65), skimming of the aft liner (1) can be skipped once, thus practically
doubling its service life. The distance ring (65) is a split type.

Fig. 63: Aft Seal with Distance Ring

7 Hex screws B Installation length


65 Distance ring (split type) C With of distance ring (incl. 1mm Packing)
80 Flange packing P Dowel Pin
S Hexagon socket head cap screw

NOTE!
The installation length “B” will be kept at most of the seals with or without the
distance ring (65).

The distance ring (65) is a split ring. The dimension “C” differs depending on the size of ring.

Size C (mm)
125 – 670 15
710 – 1250 19

Tab. 8: Distance Ring Thickness


incl. 1mm Packing

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 112 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

NOTE!
For smaller S.C.-seals the distance ring (65) may have to be removed when
bonding work is carried out.

6.5.1 Removing the Distance Ring without any Shaft Work


To remove an installed distance ring (65) without any shaft work, proceed as follows:

 Support the seal housing or use a lifting device for fixing i.e. the original supplied lifting
bracket (20) and fixing bolts (21).
 Cut off the safety wire (18) and loosen the hex screws (7).
 Push the seal housing a little bit away from the sterntube boss.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The liner (1) must not be scratched when moving the seal housing.

 Secure the (upper) distance ring halve in a lifting device.


 Remove the hex screws (7).
 Move the seal housing away from the sterntube boss until there is enough space to remove
the distance ring (65) with its recess.
 Insert 2 to 3 hex screws (7) into the lower part of housing flange (2) to support the (lower)
distance ring halve.
 Loosen, but do not remove the hex socket cap screws from thread.
 Hit the hex socket cap screws on both sides of the distance ring (65) a little bit with a lead
hammer or an aluminum/copper drift.
 Remove the hex socket cap screws from the distance ring (65).
 Remove both distance ring halves.
 Cut off the old flange packings (80).
 Prepare the new packing (80) by cutting a dove tail into it for splitting.

Abb. 64a: Gasket with cut dove tail Abb. 64b: Split gasket with dove tail

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 113 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

 Paint the surfaces at flange ring (2) and sterntube boss, which are in contact with the
packing (80), with grease.
 Put the new flange packing (80) between the housing flange (2) and sterntube boss and
place it on the flange sealing surface.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


If the aft seal is connected with an external oil or air supply, or equipped with
a drain or flushing line, take special care that all bores in the packing are free
for each single line.
This must be done very conscientious.
Keep in mind that there is no way to repair a blocked pipe at the flange of the
aft seal without dry-docking the ship.

 Seal the dove tail of the packing (80) with PERMATEX.


 Paint O-ring for air supply line with grease and insert it in the corresponding countersinking,
if any.
 Push the seal housing against the sterntube boss.
 Fit in the hex bolts (7) for fixing the seal housing.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The tapped bores for hex screws (7) are to be drilled deeper by the distance
"C" mm or shorter hex screws (7) to be used.

 Remove the lifting bracket (20) and store it onboard, together with the respective fixing bolts
(21) and seal threaded bores using plugs (22) and sealing washers (19), if used for this
removal.
 Tighten the bolts (7) cross-wise with the wrench torque given on the drawing, and secure it
by using the safety wire (18) made of chrome-steel.

NOTE!
If more details about installation are needed,
please refer to chapter “INSTALLATION”

NOTE!
When the distance ring (65) is removed, store it on board in the spare parts
box.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 114 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.5.2 Afterwards Assembly of Distance Ring without any Shaft Work


The distance ring (65) may often also be fitted later and can always be re-used.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


For smaller sizes and for special installation lengths it must be checked by
B+V in advance if a distance ring can be installed.

 Support the seal housing or use a lifting device for fixing.


 Cut off the safety wire (18) and loosen the hex screws (7).
 Push the seal housing a little bit away from the sterntube boss.
 Remove the hex screws (7).
 Move the seal housing away from the sterntube boss until there is enough space to insert
the distance ring (65) with its recess.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The liner (1) must not be scratched when moving the seal housing.

 Secure the (upper) distance rings halve in a lifting device and move it in position.
 Insert 2 to 3 hex screws (7) into the lower part of housing flange (2) to support the (lower)
distance ring halve.
 Put the (lower) distance ring halve into position.
 Insert the dowel pins at distance ring halve.
 Clean the joints of both distance ring halves.
 Coat the joint of the distance ring halve (where the dowel pins are fitted) with PERMATEX.
 Coat the hex socket cap screws with Loctite 243 and screw them in.
 Fasten the hex socket cap screws.

NOTE!
If PERMATEX is squeezed out of the joint, wipe it off.

 Cut off the old flange packing (80)


 Prepare the new packings (80) by cutting a dove tail into it for splitting.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 115 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

Abb. 65a: Gasket with cut dove tail Abb. 65b: Split gasket with dove tail

 Paint both sides of the packings (80) with grease.


 Paint the surfaces at flange ring (2), at distance ring (65) and sterntube boss, which are in
contact with the packings (80), with grease.
 Place one of the new flange packings (80) between the distance ring (65) and sterntube
boss and place it on the distance ring sealing surface.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


If the aft seal is connected with an external oil or air supply, or equipped with
a drain or flushing line, take special care that all bores in the packing are free
for each single line.
This must be done very conscientious.
Keep in mind that there is no way to repair a blocked pipe at the flange of the
aft seal without dry-docking the ship.

 Push the distance ring (65) against the sterntube boss.


 Seal the dove tail of the packing (80) with PERMATEX.
 Put the new flange packing (80) between the housing flange (2) and sterntube boss and
place it on the flange sealing surface.
 Push the seal housing against the distance ring (65).
 Fit in longer hex screws (7) than before for fixing the seal housing.

NOTE!
The hex screws (7) are extended by the dimension “C” compared with the
standard version.
One flange packing (80) is placed on each side of the distance ring (65).

 Remove the lifting bracket (20) and store it onboard, together with the respective fixing bolts
(21) and seal threaded bores using plugs (22) and sealing washers (19), if used for this
removal.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 116 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

 Tighten the hex screws (7) cross-wise with the wrench torque given on the drawing, and
secure it by using the safety wire (18) made of chrome-steel.

NOTE!
If more details about installation are needed,
please refer to chapter “INSTALLATION”

Pos : 11.11.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/Ein-Aus bau/Ü 2 Verschi eben der Laufbuc hs e v @ 4\mod_1222861531500_2.doc @ 29392
For war d

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 117 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.6 Shifting the forward Liner into new Wearing Areas


Pos : 11.11.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/Liner verschi eben/Liner versc hieben Bild v @ 4\mod_1222876598765_2.doc @ 29416

6.6.1 Installation Situation


If the liner (1) has wear (running tracks) on the surface (caused by the sealing rings (5)) the liner
(1) can be shifted to let the sealing rings (5) run on new areas.

Fig. 66a: Liner with wearing areas Fig. 66b: Liner shifted to new running tracks

VA Seal housing a Distance housing to clamp ring (6)


K Clamp ring (6) b Width of the wear areas
L Liner (1) c Shifting distance
S Sterntube d Distance between old and new wearing
areas
P Propeller shaft * Figures after shifting
RT Wearing areas (old running tracks) (15) Screws to bolt the liner (1) at the clamp
ring (6)
D Shifting direction (17) Screws for fixing the clamp ring halves
(6)

Pos : 11.11.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/Liner verschi eben/Liner versc hieben T ext v @ 4\mod_1223460850671_2.doc @ 29432

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 118 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.6.2 Working Steps for shifting the Liner


Preparation for shifting the liner (1) of the forward S.C.-seal, if not done before:
 Discharge of oil within the sterntube.
 Drain oil from forward S.C.-seal and respective oil tank.

The working steps for shifting the liner (1) are:

1. Loosen the liner (1) and clamp ring (6).

 Release the liner (1) from the clamp ring (6) by removing the bolts (15).
 Release the clamp ring (6) from the shaft by loosening the screws (17) only.

WARNING! Danger of injury or mortal danger!


The clamp ring halves (6) must be kept together by screws (17) to avoid that
they fall down and hurt anybody.

 Move the clamp ring (6) on the shaft away from the seal housing.
 Move the O-ring (16) on the shaft also, if it will be used again.

NOTE!
If the O-ring (16) will be replaced by a new one it can be cut and removed
when the new one is available.

 Pull out the liner (1) carefully out of the seal housing.

2. Find out the needed shifting distance „c‟.

 Check the location of the old wearing areas on the liner (1).

NOTE!
The min. shifting distance „c‟ should be approx. c-min. = 2 x b to get free
from the old wearing areas.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 119 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

CAUTION! Handle with care!


It must be ensured, that the shifted old wearing areas (old running tracks)
does not overlap with the new wearing areas of the next sealing ring (5).

3. Re-inserting the liner (1) with clamp ring (6).

NOTE!
If the O-ring (16) will be replaced by a new one it can be cut and removed
when the new one is available.

 Shift the forward liner (1) together with the clamp ring (6) carefully into the seal housing by
the shifting distance „c‟, compared with the original dimension „a‟.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The new distance „a*‟ between liner flange and seal housing must be big
enough to cover the shaft movements during operation as well as thermal
expansion of the shaft, otherwise the liner may contact the seal housing.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


If the liner will be shifted out of the housing, it must be ensured, that the free
running distance between chamfer at forward edge of the liner (1) and the
sealing ring V1 is kept big enough.

4. Align the clamp ring (6) and fix it.


Please refer to section “INSTALLATION \ Alignment of forward S-C.-seal \ Aligning the
Clamp Ring” in this manual.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The clamp ring (6) must be aligned and fixed before start aligning the forward
liner (1), otherwise the liner (1) may slip on the shaft.

5. Align the liner (1) and fix it.


Please refer to section “INSTALLATION \ Alignment of forward Seal \ Alignment of the
forward Liner” in this manual.

Pos : 11.12.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/Ein-Aus bau/Ü 2 Ausbau der kompl. Abdic htung en @ 2\mod_1164733411976_2.doc @ 20129

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 120 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.7 Removing the complete S.C.-Seals


Pos : 11.12.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/Ein-Aus bau/Benennung R epair M @ 2\mod_1164732103455_2.doc @ 20098

6.7.1 Designation of Sealing Rings at aft Seal


On principle all sealing rings are designated by the numbers 1 to 3, counting from aft to forward.

Propeller Sterntube
side side

#1 Dirt sealing ring


#2 Water sealing ring
#3R (Spare) Oil Sealing ring
#3 Oil sealing ring
#1 #2 #3R #3 (Ring)
I II III (Chamber)
Fig. 67: Naming of aft Seal Sealing Rings
Type: SC2 M

CAUTION! Handle with care!


In case of S.C.-seals which are provided with sealing rings made of different
materials it is essential to observe the order marking of the individual sealing
rings in the event of a repair.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 121 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.7.2 Preparing the complete aft Seal for Transport to the Workshop
Pos : 11.12.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/Ein-Aus bau/Prepair aft Seal M @ 1\mod_1142339901257_2.doc @ 15984

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The S.C.-seal shall be well protected against dirt every time.

NOTE!
Ensure that the original supplied lifting tools:
• mounting straps (16) with screws (14) and
• lifting bracket (20) with the respective fixing bolts (21),
which were stored onboard, are available for removal of aft seal.

 Discharge of oil within the Sterntube/thruster.


 Close shut off valve Z1 for oil supply to chamber II.
 Close shut off valve Z2 for oil supply to chamber III.
 Prepare transport clamp (20), wood logs and mounting straps (16), together with pertaining
screws.
 Remove hexagon screws (22) and hexagon screw locking (19).
 Mount the transport clamp (20) using the socket head cap screws (21).
 Remove corrosion protection (87) and hexagon screws (88).
 Clean up the removed hexagon screws (88) from Loctite.
 Mount the mounting straps (16) using the socket head cap screws (14) and hexagon screws
(88).

NOTE!
It might be possible that the hex screws (10) must be loosened and the liner
must be moved a little bit until the mounting straps (16) fits.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 122 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.7.3 Designation of Sealing Rings at forward S.C.-seal


Pos : 11.12.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/Ein-Aus bau/Benennung R epair v Z @ 2\mod_1164732112097_2.doc @ 20126

On principle all sealing rings at forward S.C.-seal are designated by the numbers V1 to V2,
counting from aft to forward.

Sterntube
side

V1 Sealing ring (5)


V2 Sealing ring (5)

V1 V2 (Ring)
X (Chamber)
Fig. 68: Naming of the Sealing Rings forward
S.C.-seal Type: SC2 Z

CAUTION! Handle with care!


In case of S.C.-seals which are provided with sealing rings made of different
materials it is essential to observe the order marking of the individual sealing
rings in the event of a repair.

Pos : 11.12.5 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/Ein-Aus bau/Prepair fwd Seal v Z @ 1\mod_1136551187804_2.doc @ 14977

6.7.4 Preparing the complete forward S.C.-seal for Transport to the Workshop

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The S.C.-seal shall be well protected against dirt every time.

NOTE!
Ensure that the original supplied lifting tools:
• fixing screws (14) with spacer sleeve (76) if any,
• transport clamp (20) with the respective fixing bolts (21),
(in special cases replaced by eye bolt (55)) and
• wood logs
which were stored onboard, are available for removal of the seal.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 123 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

 Discharge of oil within the sterntube.


 Drain oil from forward S.C.-seal and respective oil tank.
 Dismount pipe connection between the forward S.C.-seal and the corresponding oil tank.
 Fix transport clamp (20) at flange ring (2) by screws (21) (in special cases replaced by eye
bolt (55).
 Prepare the bolts (14) that are stored on board for fixing the liner (1) at the cover ring (4).
 Prepare the wood logs ready for protection of the liner and / or the casing front.
 Release the liner (1) then from the clamp ring (6) by loosening the bolts (15) first, secondly
remove them complete.
 Dismantling the clamp ring (6) from the shaft by removing the screws (17) with clamping
sleeves (7) and washers (10).

WARNING! Danger of injury or mortal danger!


The clamp ring halves (6) must be supported in a suitable way to avoid that
they fall down and hurt anybody.

 Push the liner (1) cautiously into the S.C.-seal casing until it contacts the cover ring (4).
 Mount the liner (1) at the cover ring (4) by fixing screws (14) with spacer sleeve (76) if any,
turn the liner to match the bores if necessary.
 If the O-ring (16) will be replaced by a new one it can be cut and removed when the new
one is available.

Pos : 11.12.6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/Ein-Aus bau/Ü 3 Ausbau nac h i nnen @ 1\mod_1141309497230_2.doc @ 15666

6.7.5 Removal of S.C.-seals if the Shaft is drawn-in to the Inside


Pos : 11.12.7 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/Ein-Aus bau/Ausbau H A Propell erw. innen @ 1\mod_1138716121622_2.doc @ 15161

6.7.5.1 Removal of aft S.C.-seal (Shaft is moved to the Inside)


(If the propeller shaft is drawn-out into the inside of the vessel.)

 Cut off the safety wire (18), if any, and loosen the hex screws (10) at aft liner (1).
 Push the liner (1) cautiously into the S.C.-seal casing by a small amount.
 Remove corrosion protection (87) from liner (1) by removing the screws (88).
 Remove screws (55) from cover ring (5).
 Fix liner (1) with mounting straps (16) and screws (14) at cover ring (5).
 Remove the propeller from the shaft.
 Remove plugs (22) and packings (19) from flange ring (2).
 Fix the lifting bracket (20) with the respective fixing bolts (21) at flange ring (2).
 Use a lifting device for lifting the aft S.C,-seal at the lifting bracket (20).

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 124 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

 Cut off the safety wire (18) and remove the hex screws (7) at flange ring (2).
 Remove the O-ring (17) from the shaft in stern direction, if any.
 Remove the aft S.C.-seal from the shaft in stern direction.
 Lay down the aft S.C.-seal horizontally on a suitable (wooden) pallet, use wooden blocks at
the flange ring if available, and secure it.
 Protect the S.C.-seal by a plastic bag against rain and dust.
 Transport the aft S.C.-seal into the workshop.

NOTE!
Handle the S.C.-seal as described in the previous Part “Transportation and
Storage”

Pos : 11.12.8 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/Ein-Aus bau/Ausbau VA Propeller w. i nnen @ 1\mod_1138716124676_2.doc @ 15169

6.7.5.2 Removal of forward S.C.-seal (Shaft to the Inside)


(If the propeller shaft is drawn-in to the inside of the vessel.)

 Uncouple the propeller shaft and push it in bow direction until it is pulled out of the forward
S.C.-seal.
 Remove the O-ring (16) from the shaft in stern direction.
 Use a lifting device for lifting the forward S.C.-seal at the lifting bracket (20).
 Bend the tab washers (71) back to a flat unit to be able to loosen the hex screws (70).
 Loosen and remove the hex screws (70) with tab washers (71) from flange ring (2).
 Remove the forward S.C.-seal from the sterntube boss in bow direction.
 Lay down the forward S.C.-seal horizontally on a suitable (wooden) pallet, use wooden
blocks at the flange ring if available, and secure it.
 Protect the S.C.-seal by a plastic bag against rain and dust.
 Transport the S.C.-seal into the workshop.

NOTE!
Handle the S.C.-seal as described in the previous Part “Transportation and
Storage”

Pos : 11.12.9 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/Ein-Aus bau/Ü 3 Ausbau nac h auss en @ 1\mod_1141309392089_2.doc @ 15661

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 125 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.7.6 Removal of S.C.-Seals if the Shaft is drawn-out to the Outside


Pos : 11.12.10 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur /06 M odule/Ei n-Aus bau/Aus bau VA Propell erw. aussen @ 1\mod_1138716123204_2.doc @ 15165

6.7.6.1 Removal of forward S.C.-seal (Shaft to the Outside)


(If the propeller shaft is drawn-out to the outside of the vessel.)

 Use a lifting device for lifting the forward seal at the lifting bracket (20).
 Bend the tab washers (71) back to a flat unit to be able to loosen the hex screws (70).
 Loosen and remove the hex screws (70) with tab washers (71) from flange ring (2).
 Remove the O-ring (16) from the shaft in bow direction, if any.
 Remove the forward S.C.-seal from the shaft in bow direction.

NOTE!
If needed, uncouple the propeller shaft and push it in stern direction while
moving the forward S.C.-seal on the shaft in bow direction.

 Lay down the forward S.C.-seal horizontally on a suitable (wooden) pallet, use wooden
blocks at the flange ring if available, and secure it.
 Protect the S.C.-seal by a plastic bag against rain and dust.
 Transport the forward S.C.-seal into the workshop.

NOTE!
Handle the S.C.-seal as described in the previous Part “Transportation and
Storage”

Pos : 11.12.11 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur /06 M odule/Ei n-Aus bau/Aus bau HA Pr opeller w. auss en @ 1\mod_1138716119990_2.doc @ 15157

6.7.6.2 Removal of aft S.C.-seal (Shaft is moved to the Outside)


(If the propeller shaft is drawn-out to the outside of the vessel.)

 Cut off the safety wire (18), if any, and loosen the hex screws (10) at aft liner (1).
 Push the liner (1) cautiously into the S.C.-seal casing by a small amount.
 Remove corrosion protection (87) from liner (1) by removing the screws (88).
 Remove screws (55) from cover ring (5).
 Fix liner (1) with mounting straps (16) and screws (14) at cover ring (5).
 Remove the propeller from the shaft, if required.
 Remove plugs (22) and packings (19) from flange ring (2).
 Fix the lifting bracket (20) with the respective fixing bolts (21) at flange ring (2).

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 126 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

 Use a lifting device for lifting the aft seal at the lifting bracket (20).
 Draw-out the shaft cautiously in stern direction while pushing the O-ring (17) continuously in
direction of the liner (1) if the O-ring (17) will be used again, otherwise cut off the O-ring
(17), if any.
 When the shaft is drawn-out remove the O-ring (17) from the shaft, if any.
 Cut off the safety wire (18), if any and remove the hex screws (7) at flange ring (2).
 Remove the aft S.C.-seal from the Sterntube boss.
 Lay down the aft S.C.-seal horizontally on a suitable (wooden) pallet, use wooden blocks at
the flange ring if available, and secure it.
 Protect the S.C.-seal by a plastic bag against rain and dust.
 Transport the aft S.C.-seal into the workshop.

NOTE!
Handle the S.C.-seal as described in the previous Part “Transportation and
Storage”

Pos : 11.12.12 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur /06 M odule/Ei n-Aus bau/Ü 2 Aus tausc h der Dichtringe @ 2\mod_1164736793288_2.doc @ 20138

6.8 Exchange the Sealing Rings of S.C.-Seals


Pos : 11.12.13.1 /Abdichtung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur/06 M odule/Dichtring wec hs el/Dis ass embl e Liner h @ 2\mod_1161618961381_2.doc @ 19191

6.8.1 Disassemble the aft Seal in the Workshop


6.8.1.1 Disassemble the aft Liner (1) from the aft Seal Housing
 Unbolt the mounting straps (16) by removing the hexagon screws (14) from liner (1) and
from the split cover ring (5).
 Pull the liner (1) carefully out of the casing.
 Remove the insert rings (30) from the groove of the liner, if any.
 Clean up the liner (1) and remachine the running surface if necessary.
See also Section “Remachining of Liner” in this Chapter.

Pos : 11.12.13.2 /Abdichtung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur/06 M odule/Dichtring wec hs el/Dis ass embl e M @ 1\mod_1142339883762_2.doc @ 15980

6.8.1.2 Disassemble the Cover Ring (5)


 Dismantle split cover ring (5) by removing the hex screws (8) with securing washer (13).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Do not use wedge-shaped tools for separating of housing rings (5), (4), (3),
(38) and (2).

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 127 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

 Remove the sealing ring #1 (31) out of the intermediate ring (4).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Remove the sealing rings carefully in case that they should be used again.

6.8.1.3 Disassemble the Intermediate Ring (4)


 Dismantle intermediate ring (4) by removing the hexagon socket head cap screws (93) with
securing washers (13).
 Remove the sealing ring #2 (6) out of the intermediate ring (3).

6.8.1.4 Disassemble the Intermediate Ring (3)


 Dismantle intermediate ring (3) by removing the hexagon socket head cap screws (93) with
securing washers (13).
 Remove the O-ring (32) out of the intermediate ring (38)
 Remove the sealing ring #3R (6) out of the intermediate ring (38).

6.8.1.5 Disassemble the Intermediate Ring (38) and Flange Ring (2)
 Dismantle intermediate ring (38) by removing the hexagon socket head cap screws (9) with
securing washers (13).
 Remove the 2x O-rings (32) out of the flange ring (2).
 Remove the sealing ring #3 (6) out of the flange ring (2).

Pos : 11.12.13.3 /Abdichtung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur/06 M odule/Dichtring wec hs el/Aus tausc h Ri nge @ 2\mod_1161619341407_2.doc @ 19199

6.8.2 Exchange the Sealing Rings of the aft S.C.-seal in the Workshop

NOTE!
Replace all Elastomer parts and washers as mentioned in the chapter
“MAINTENANCE”

 Clean all housing rings.

NOTE!
Do not disassemble split housing rings if not necessary, if any.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 128 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

 Clean the visible part of the notched cylindrical pins (90) installed in the casing rings,
replace them if they are corroded.

New sealing rings should be inserted and subsequently the individual casing rings shall be
firmly re-bolted with each other as described below.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The sealing rings may be made from different material with different shape.
It must be ensured that all sealing rings are fitted in the correct order.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Check that all sealing rings are equipped with a rubber coated spring at their
lips.

NOTE!
The sealing rings must be “clicked in”.
Check for proper fitting of each single sealing ring after mounting it.

Pos : 11.12.13.4 /Abdichtung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur/06 Kapitel/Dichtring wechs el/Dic htring-Spannung @ 4\mod_1223558371593_2.doc @ 29441

NOTE!
The sealing rings are calibrated at the outer diameter.
After removing the outside ring the hoop stress could be released and an
increase of diameter could occur.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


It is important to install the sealing rings within a short time after removing
the outside rings.
If there are delays during assembly the sealing rings must be re-assembled
with the outside rings and to be protected against dirt and direct sunlight
Pos : 11.12.13.5 /Abdichtung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur/06 M odule/Dichtring wec hs el/R eas semble M @ 2\mod_1161621092385_2.doc @ 19207

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 129 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.8.3 Reassemble the aft Seal in the Workshop


6.8.3.1 Reassemble the Intermediate Ring (38) and Flange Ring (2)
 Click in the sealing ring #3 (6) into of the flange ring (2).
 Insert the 2x O-rings (32) into the flange ring (2), fix them with grease.
 Mount intermediate ring (38) with the hexagon socket head cap screws (9) and securing
washers (13).
 Click in the sealing ring #3R (6) into of the intermediate ring (38).
 Insert the O-ring (32) into the intermediate ring (38), fix it with grease.

6.8.3.2 Reassemble the Intermediate Ring (3)


 Mount intermediate ring (3) with the hexagon socket head cap screws (93) and securing
washers (13).
 Click in the sealing ring #2 (6) into of the intermediate ring (3).

6.8.3.3 Reassemble the Intermediate Ring (4)


 Mount intermediate ring (4) with the hexagon socket head cap screws (93) and securing
washers (13).
 Click in the sealing ring #1 (31) into of the intermediate ring (4).

6.8.3.4 Reassemble the Cover Ring (5)


 Mount split cover ring (5) with the hexagon screws (8) and securing washers (13).

6.8.3.5 Painting the aft Seal Housing


If the aft seal housing is not made of bronze:
 Repaint the aft seal housing externally with primer and final coat, if necessary.

Pos : 11.12.13.6 /Abdichtung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur/06 M odule/Dichtring wec hs el/R eas semble Li ner h @ 2\mod_1161618823723_2.doc @ 19187

6.8.3.6 Reassemble the aft Liner (1) into the Seal Housing
 Oil the surface of the liner (1) and slide it carefully into the aft seal housing.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Check from the sterntube/thruster side of the seal that all lips are putting over
the liner (1) correctly when sliding it in.
If needed use a rounded tool (which may not be sharp-edged) i.e. a spoon
made from plastic for assistance.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 130 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

 Fit the insert rings (30) into the groove of the liner (1), if any.
 Mount the mounting straps (16) using the hexagon screws (14).
 Assembly the aft S.C.-seal in accordance with Chapter “INSTALLATION”.

Pos : 11.12.14.1 /Abdichtung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur/06 M odule/Dichtring wec hs el/Dis ass embl e Liner v @ 2\mod_1161672462876_2.doc @ 19225

6.8.4 Disassemble the forward S.C.-seal in the Workshop


6.8.4.1 Disassemble the forward Liner (1) from the Housing
 Remove hexagon screws (14) from cover ring (4) to loosen the liner (1).
 Pull the liner (1) carefully out of the casing.
 Clean up the liner (1) and remachine the running surface if necessary.
See also Section “Remachining of Liner” in this Chapter.

Pos : 11.12.14.2 /Abdichtung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur/06 M odule/Dichtring wec hs el/Dis ass embl e v Z @ 2\mod_1169130255981_2.doc @ 20472

6.8.4.2 Disassemble the Housing Rings


 Dismantle cover ring (4) by removing the hexagon socket head cap screws (8) with securing
washers (13).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Do not use wedge-shaped tools for separating of casing rings (4), (3) and
(2).

 Remove the sealing ring V2 (5) out of the housing ring (3).

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Remove the sealing rings carefully in case that they should be used again.

 Dismantle housing ring (3) by removing the hexagon socket head cap screws (9) with
securing washers (13).
 Remove the sealing ring V1 (5) out of the flange ring (2).
 Remove the circulator (22) from housing ring (3) to the inside, if necessary only.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Remove the circulator (22) carefully in case that it should be used again.

Pos : 11.12.14.3 /Abdichtung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur/06 M odule/Dichtring wec hs el/Aus tausc h Ri nge v Z @ 1\mod_1139224363726_2.doc @ 15334

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 131 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.8.5 Exchange the Sealing Rings of the forward S.C.-seal in the Workshop

NOTE!
Replace all Elastomer parts and washers as mentioned in the chapter
“MAINTENANCE”

 Clean all housing rings (4), (3) and (2).


 Clean the visible part of the notched cylindrical pins (90) installed in the casing rings,
replace them if they are corroded.

New sealing rings (5) should be inserted and subsequently the individual casing rings should be
firmly re-bolted with each other as described below.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Check that all sealing rings (5) are equipped with a rubber coated spring at
their lips.

NOTE!
The sealing rings must be “clicked in”.
Check for proper fitting of each single sealing ring after mounting it.

Pos : 11.12.14.4 /Abdichtung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur/06 Kapitel/Dichtring wechs el/Dic htring-Spannung @ 4\mod_1223558371593_2.doc @ 29441

NOTE!
The sealing rings are calibrated at the outer diameter.
After removing the outside ring the hoop stress could be released and an
increase of diameter could occur.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


It is important to install the sealing rings within a short time after removing
the outside rings.
If there are delays during assembly the sealing rings must be re-assembled
with the outside rings and to be protected against dirt and direct sunlight

Pos : 11.12.14.5 /Abdichtung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur/06 M odule/Dichtring wec hs el/R eas semble v Z @ 2\mod_1169130277522_2.doc @ 20476

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 132 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.8.6 Reassemble the forward S.C.-seal in the Workshop


6.8.6.1 Reassemble the Intermediate Rings
 Insert the circulator (22) into intermediate ring (3) from the inside, if removed before.
 Click in the sealing ring V1 (5) into of the flange ring (2).
 Mount intermediate ring (3) with the hexagon socket head cap screws (9) and with securing
washers (13).
 Click in the sealing ring V2 (5) into of the intermediate ring (3).
 Mount cover ring (4) with the hexagon socket head cap screws (8) and with securing
washers (13).

6.8.6.2 Painting the forward S.C.-seal Housing and Clamp Ring


If the forward S.C.-seal housing is not made of bronze:
 Repaint the forward S.C.-seal housing externally with primer and final coat, if
necessary.
If the forward clamp ring is not made of chrome steel:
 Repaint the clamp ring externally (but not the contact surface to the forward liner)
with primer and final coat, if necessary.

Pos : 11.12.14.6 /Abdichtung/SC-2000/06_R eparatur/06 M odule/Dichtring wec hs el/R eas semble Li ner v Z @ 2\mod_1161672195632_2.doc @ 19221

6.8.6.3 Reassemble the forward Liner into the Casing


 Oil the surface of the liner (1) and slide it carefully into the casing.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


Check from the sterntube side of the seal that all lips are putting over the
liner (1) correctly when sliding it in.
If needed use a rounded tool (which may not be sharp-edged) i.e. a spoon
made from plastic for assistance.

 Fix the liner (1) using the hexagon screws (14) at the cover ring (4).
 Assembly the forward S.C.-seal in accordance with Chapter “INSTALLATION”.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 133 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.9 Remachining of Liners


Pos : 11.13.1 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/N ac hdr ehen/Ü-Nac hdrehen @ 1\mod_1134747826420_2.doc @ 14763

NOTE!
For all sizes of S.C.-seal it is permissible for repair purposes to machine and
grind the liner to the measurement " D - x".
For every 1 mm reduced diameter of the liner the inlaid springs of the sealing
rings must be shortened by approx. 3 mm.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


An exception to this are those S.C.-seal types which have the letter "C" in
their designation since those liners are ceramic-coated (e.g. SC 2 BC).

Pos : 11.13.2 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/N ac hdr ehen/Bil d N achdreh h Std @ 1\mod_1134748063521_2.doc @ 14767

6.9.1 Sketch: Skimming of aft Liner


If the running surface of aft seal liner shows big running-in wear or pittings, it must be re-
machined.

Fig. 69: Skimming of liner Type: aft liner, non split

Pos : 11.13.3 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/N ac hdr ehen/Bil d N achdreh Std @ 1\mod_1134748603918_2.doc @ 14780

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 134 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.9.2 Sketch: Skimming of forward Seal Liner


If the running surface of forward seal liner shows big running-in wear or pittings, it must be re-
machined.

Fig.. 70: Skimming of liner Type: forward liner, non split

Pos : 11.13.4 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/N ac hdr ehen/Ü2-T ab N achdreh h+ v @ 1\mod_1134748860367_2.doc @ 14784

6.9.3 Table for Skimming of aft and forward Seal Liners


Pos : 11.13.5 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/N ac hdr ehen/T ab N ac hdreh @ 1\mod_1134748269197_2.doc @ 14771

Size D
(mm) 125 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 330 355 380

X max.
(mm) 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,6 2,6 2,7 2,7 2,8 2,8 2,9 3 3 3,1

Size D
(mm) 400 420 450 480 500 530 560 600 630 670 710 750 800
X max.
(mm) 3,1 3,2 3,3 3,4 3,4 3,5 3,6 3,7 3,8 3,9 4 4,1 4,2

Size D
(mm) 850 900 950 975 1000 1030 1060 1090 1120 1180 1250
X max.
(mm) 4,4 4,5 4,6 4,6 4,8 4,8 4,9 4,9 5 5,2 5,4

Tab. 9: Skimming dimensions for liners Type: split and non-split S.C.-seals
Pos : 11.13.6 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/N ac hdr ehen/T ext N ac hdr eh Std @ 1\mod_1135697436078_2.doc @ 14835

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 135 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

6.9.4 Skimming of Liner Surfaces

NOTE!
We recommend remachining the small liners up to size 330 on a horizontal
lathe, from size 355 and above we recommend to remachine the liners on a
vertical lathe due to deforming of the liner (1).

 Dismantle the liner (1) from seal housing.

NOTE!
The details about dismantling the liner is described in the chapter „REPAIR“.

 Load the liner (1) with its flange into the chuck of the lathe.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The liner (1) may not be deformed when fixing with the chuck of the lathe.

 Align the liner (1) conscientious, meaning against “0” if possible:


 Check the concentricity inside of the 2x groves for the insert rings, meaning at two
positions (for shaft centered liners only).
This is the base for the following measurement and machining.
 Check the axial concentricity at the front face of liner.
 Check the concentricity of outside dia at the beginning and at the end of the running
surface, meaning at two positions.
 Turn off the liner outline (note grinding allowance) until the running in grooves and possible
existing pittings or shrink holes are gone, but max. up to the value (D-x) given in the
corresponding table plus two times the grinding allowance (approx. 2x 0,1mm).

NOTE!
The dimension “x” given in the table is given in relation of the seal size “D”.

 Grind the running surface spiral free with the surface quality given in the above sketch, but
max. up to the value (D-x) given in the corresponding table.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 136 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
REPAIR

CAUTION! Handle with care!


The surface of the liner must have no spirals (like fine thread) after grinding,
to avoid a transport of liquid from one chamber into an other during
operation.

 Clean the liner (1) from grit.


 Check the final concentricity of outside dia at the beginning and at the end of the running
surface, meaning at two positions.
 Record the concentricity and the new outer dia of liner (1).

The liner (1) is ready for reassembly as described in the chapter „REPAIR“.

Pos : 11.13.7 /Abdic htung/SC-2000/06_Repar atur/06 M odul e/N ac hdr ehen/Kürz ung der Feder n @ 1\mod_1135699002921_2.doc @ 14839

6.9.5 Shortening the Springs of Sealing Rings


1. Remove the rubber coated spring carefully out of the groove from the sealing ring lip.
2. Look out for the lock of the rubber coated spring and open it by turning the ends counter
clockwise (to the left).
3. Shorten the springs at the female side (for every 1 mm reduced diameter of the liner) by
approx. 3 mm.
4. Close the lock of the rubber coated spring by turning the ends clockwise (to the right).
5. Put the rubber coated spring carefully over the groove from the sealing ring lip.

Pos : 12 /Allgemein/====Sei te===== @ 0 \mod9_2.doc @ 627

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 137 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
TROUBLESHOOTING

Pos : 13.1 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/07_Stör ung/07 M odule/Ü TR OUBLESHOOTIN G @ 1\mod_1133287016081_2.doc @ 14134

7 TROUBLESHOOTING

WARNING! Danger of injury or mortal danger!


Always prevent the shaft from turning when working on the S.C.-seal.

CAUTION! Handle with care!


If there is leakage, check the S.C.-seal unit in general as soon as possible.

Pos : 13.2 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/07_Stör ung/07 M odule/Nami ng/Bennenung M+Z @ 1\mod_1141643923648_2.doc @ 15842
B

7.1 Naming of Sealing Rings


Propeller Sterntube Sterntube
side side side

V1 V2 (Ring)
#1 #2 #3R #3 (Ring)
X (Chamber)
I II III (Chamber)
Fig. 71a: Naming of Sealing Rings Fig. 71b: Naming of Sealing Rings
aft Seal Type: SC2 M forward Seal Type: SC2 Z

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 138 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
TROUBLESHOOTING

7.4 Aft Seal, Type M


No. Problem Possible cause Remedy

6 Overflow of aft seal tank. If oil only in the tank: a) at losses up to 1% of the sealing size in
L/day):
sealing ring #3 damaged.
 observe oil level in tanks and refill if
necessary.
b) at higher losses above 1% of the seal size in
L/day, measures to keep the seal in operation:
 Close the valve Z2 in the pipe lines
beween chamber III and aft seal tank to
activate the spare sealing ring #3R.
 Close the valve Z1 in the pipe lines
beween chamber II and aft seal tank if the
previous step has no efect.
 Replace all sealing rings #1, #2, #3R and
#3 of aft seal in drydock.
 Remachine aft liner (1) if necessary.
If seawater and oil in the tank: a) at losses up to 1% of the sealing size in
L/day):
sealing ring #2 damaged.
 observe oil level in tanks and refill if
necessary.
b) at higher losses above 1% of the seal size in
L/day, after consultation of Blohm + Voss
Industries Service, emergency measures to
keep the seal in operation:
 Close the valves Z1, Z5 and ZD in the pipe
lines to chamber II.
 Replace all sealing rings #1, #2, #3R and
#3 of aft seal in drydock.
 Remachine aft liner (1) if necessary.
(or) Hex-plug (12) or (33) leaky  Check hex-plug (12) and (33) by diver.

Bad alignment of aft liner (1).  Check alignment of aft liner (1) during next
dry-docking.
Sealing rings #2, #3R and #3  Recover oil in sterntube system and in the
damaged due to non approved tanks of the seals.
oil brand.
 Replace all sealing rings #1, #2, #3R and
#3 of aft seal in drydock.
Oil pipe within the sterntube  Seal oil pipes during next drydocking.
leaky.

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 142 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
TROUBLESHOOTING

Pumping effect at aft seal due  Drain oil in aft seal tank below max. level.
to axial vibration of the shaft.
 Avoid resonance speed of shaft.
 If necessary, convert seal i.e. with Peak
Pressure Absorber (PPA).

7 Oil level of aft seal tank Bad alignment of aft liner (1).  Check alignment of aft liner (1) during next
reduces several L / day. drydocking.
Sealing rings #2, #3R and #3  Recover oil in sterntube system and in the
damaged due to non approved tanks of the seals.
oil brand.
 Replace all sealing rings #1, #2, #3R and
#3 of aft seal in drydock.
Installation of aft seal tank  Check sealing ring load, contact.
arranged too height
 Lower the tank of aft seal if necessary.
Oil pipes faulty, drain open.  Check oil pipes and drain.
 Refill aft seal tank with oil.
Pumping effect at aft seal due  Refill aft seal tank with oil.
to axial vibration of the shaft.
 Avoid resonance speed of shaft.
An oil consump-  If necessary, convert seal i.e. with Peak
tion < 1% of seal size is to Pressure Absorber (PPA).
be considered as normal.
Tab. 12: Trouble shooting SIMPLEX Aft seal type M

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 143 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
TROUBLESHOOTING

7.5 Forward seal, Type Z


Pos : 13.6 /Abdichtung/SC- 2000/07_Stör ung/07 M odule/Tabellen/F ehl ertab v Z @ 1\mod_1134660682201_2.doc @ 14745

No. Problem Possible cause Remedy

8 Fwd seal is leaking during Misalignment of clamp ring (6)  Realign clamp ring (6) and liner (1).
operation and liner (1)

Clamp ring (6) slipped. Adjust clamp ring (6) first and fasten with
screws (17), then fasten liner (1) by screws
(15).
O-Ring (16) between liner and  Replace O-ring (16).
clampring leaky.
Flat gasket (82) at flange ring  Check flat gasket (82), replace if
(2) of aft seal leaky, damaged necessary.
or not fasten.
Sealing rings V1 and V2 are  Change oil brand in sterntube and in
damaged due to wrong oil forward seal tank.
brand.
 Replace sealing rings V1 and V2 with
bonding device.
Sealing rings V1 and V2 are  Remachine liner (1) if necessary.
damaged due to damaged liner
(1) surface.

9 Forward seal tank Sealing ring V1 damaged. a) At losses up to 1% of the seal size in L/day:
overflows.
 Observe oil level in gravity tank and refill if
necessary.
b) At higher losses above 1% of the seal size in
L/day, to keep the seal in operation:
 Close all openings at tank of forward seal
by plug.

The life time of sealing ring V2 under this


conditions is limited!
 Replace sealing rings V1 and V2 of forward
seal with bonding device.
 Remachine forward liner (1) if necessary.
Misalignment of clamp ring (6)  Realign clamp ring (6) and liner (1).
and liner (1)
Adjust clamp ring (6) first and fasten with
Clamp ring (6) of forward liner
screws (17), then fasten liner (1) by screws
coming off or loose.
(15).

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Page 144 / 145 Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg

E_SC2 M + Z Rev. 11.10.2011


SC2 M + SC2 Z – Installation and Operating Manual
TROUBLESHOOTING

10 Forward seal tank oil level Sealing ring V2 damaged.  Fill up forward seal tank with oil.
decreasing.
 Replace sealing rings V1 and V2.
 Remachine liner (1) if necessary.
Misalignment of clamp ring (6)  Realign clamp ring (6) and liner (1).
and liner (1)
Adjust clamp ring (6) first and fasten with
screws (17), then fasten liner (1) by screws
(15).
An oil consump- Defects of pipings or drain  Check piping and setting of valves.
tion < 1% of seal size is to open.
be considered as normal.  Fill up forward seal tank with oil.

11 Heavy oil losses through the Sealing rings V1 and V2 are  Observe oil level in gravity tank and in
forward seal. damaged. forward seal tank, refill if necessary.
 Replace sealing rings V1 and V2 with
bonding device.

12 Fwd seal runs hot. No oil in tank for forward seal.  Fill up forward seal tank with oil.
Perbunan > 60°C
Load at sealing ring V1 too  Check sealing ring load, contact Blohm +
Viton > 110°C high. Voss Industries Service.
 Lower gravity tank or raise tank of forward
seal if necessary

Tab. 13: Trouble shooting SIMPLEX Forward seal type Z

===== Ende der Stüc kliste =====

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5, D-20457 Hamburg Page 145 / 145

Rev. 11.10.2011 E_SC2 M + Z


Einzelteilliste / PARTS LIST

530 M
Einzelteilliste / PARTS LIST

530 M
AFT SEAL FWD SEAL
Einzelteilliste / PARTS LIST

530 Z
Einzelteilliste / PARTS LIST

530 Z
Einzelteilliste / PARTS LIST
TANK 15L
*Shaft Ø 490

*Serial No.

*Drawing No. SSB:3-513-6108-001.1

*Blohm+Voss Industries 1139284


Order No.:
*Building Yard: Hyundai-Vinashin Shipyard Co

*Hull-No / *IMO-No.: S408 9689134

*Name of Ship: HYUNDAI VINASHIN S408*

Sterntube bushes
Sterntube Bushes: Sterntube Bushe

Operating Manual

* Above particulars must be stated when ordering spare parts!


*Size 450

*Shaft Ø 435

*Serial No. L4483

*Drawing No. SLT:3-450-0593-000.1

*Blohm+Voss Industries 1139284


Order No.:
*Building Yard: Hyundai-Vinashin Shipyard Co

*Hull-No / *IMO-No.: S408 9689134

*Name of Ship: HYUNDAI VINASHIN S408*

Bearings
Plummer Block: Plummer Block

Operating Manual

* Above particulars must be stated when ordering spare parts!


- PLUMMER BLOCK and TUNNEL BEARING
Installation an Maintenance Instructions

Table of content

Technical Data Page 1

1. Introductio Page 2

2. Installatio Page 2 - 4

3. Commissioning Page 4

4. Maintenance Page 4

5. Running Fault Page 4

6. Dismantling Page 5

7. Foundation for bearings with central suppo Page 5

8. Cutting the splash rings (183) Page 6

9. Connection of resistance thermometers Page 7

Technical Data

Drawing No.: SLT:3-450-0593-000.1


Reaction Load in Operation: 110
Operating Speed: 88
Oil Viscosity: 100
Mean Operating Temperature: 53
Alarm Temperature: 63
2

- PLUMMER BLOCK and TUNNEL BEARING


Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Page - 2-

1. Introduction
Basically, there are two different types of bearings:

- The Plummer Block with an upper and lower shell enabling it to take radial
forces in all directions.

- The Tunnel Bearing with only a lower shell, thus only taking up radial forces
directed laterally and downwards.

All parts of the bearing are shown in the spare parts list of the drawing.

2. Installation
Before installation, the bearing and the bearing point on the shaft journal must be
checked to ensure that they have suffered no damage in transit and are perfectly clean.

CAUTION: Suitable precautions must be carried out to keep the bearing clean
during assembly.

In addition, the fitting dimensions have to be checked, particularly the tolerances stated
in the assembly drawing.
The upper (2) and lower (1) parts of the bearing are now dismantled.
(see paragraph 6. Dismantling).

The lower part of the bearing (1) is then placed on the foundation as shown in the
assembly drawing.

CAUTION: Before placing the shaft in position, the shell (3) and bearing point of the
shaft must be coated with a film of oil.

During coupling and alignment the shaft must be rested on a temporary support. After
the shaft alignment the lower bearing housing can be raised up by means of the two
adjusting screws (64) so that the lower bearing shell just contacts the shaft (“feeler strip
tight”) without taking on the radial load.
The centred arrangement of the adjusting screws ensures that the shell (3) contacts the
shaft equally.

CAUTION: For bearings where a central support is specified, see paragraph


7. Foundation for bearings with central support.

-3-
Rev.07.02.13
3

- PLUMMER BLOCK and TUNNEL BEARING


Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Page - 3-

The parallel alignment between shaft and bearing shell must be checked by feeler
gauge (Dimension „A“ and „B“).

After aligning the lower bearing part, the upper part (2) should be assembled and the
temporary shaft support removed. The bearing takes on the radial load.

The bearing reaction load, taken from the shaft deflection bending line, must be
checked by balancing and, if necessary, the bearing alignment must be adjusted.
Now the bearing load should be taken up by the temporary support and the chock liners
inserted.

After removing the temporary support and before drilling the holes for the foundation
bolts the shaft has to be turned about 10 times.
Next the respective holes are drilled and the lower part (1) firmly bolted to the
foundation.

The reaction load of the bearing must be checked by balancing and, if necessary, the
height of the liners has to be corrected in accordance with the weight factors of the
shaft deflection curve bending line.

-4-
Rev.07.02.13
4

- PLUMMER BLOCK and TUNNEL BEARING


Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Page - 4-

Please note:
For bearing sizes: 570,650,740,840 the smallest bearing gap = 0,25 mm
For bearing sizes: 330,390,450,510 the smallest bearing gap = 0,20 mm

Then the oil ring (5) and the splash rings (183) together with the draw spring (159) are
installed as shown in the assembly drawing.
The conical end of the draw spring is screwed into the cylindrical end.

CAUTION: Preloading of the draw spring is carried out by turning the spring 1 to 2
times against the screw- in direction.

The draw springs (159) are delivered ready for installation. The splash rings (183) have
to be cut to suitable length according to paragraph 8. Cutting the splash ring.

CAUTION: It is strongly recommended to bond the cut faces of the splash ring
to ensure ZERO GAP. It must be made absolutely sure that there is
also ZERO GAP between shaft and splash ring (under the splash ring
near the cut faces). If there is a gap, glue the splash ring with
Cyanacrylat. If ZERO GAP is achievable without bonding, it is also
sufficient.

The nuts and bolts (19, 20) of the oil ring (5) must be tightened to 14 Nm.

During the assembly of the oil ring (5) the following must be checked:
- Clearance between the oil ring (5) and the bearing shell (3)
- The butt end misalignment
- The axial runout < 0,3 mm to the shaft

The alignment in the groove and the degree of axial displacement of the splash rings
(183) should be checked and, if necessary, corrected.

Before fitting the upper bearing part (2) to the lower bearing part (1), the oil box (9) and
the bolt (125) must be removed and all parts once again checked for cleanness.
Prior to mounting of the upper bearing part (2) the mating faces between the casing
parts must be coated with the universal jointing compound HYLOMAR according to the
instructions for it’s use.

CAUTION: Care must be taken that jointing compound does not leak into the
bearing and contaminate the oil.

The upper bearing part (2) is fitted to the lower bearing part (1), aligned by means of the
parallel pin (14, 22, 23) and tightened as specified in the assembly drawing with the
joint screws (13, 15). The oil scraper (6) with the pre mounted oil channel (196) is
placed on the oil ring (5) through the inspection port. Next, the shank of the bolt (125)
including washer (7) and pressure spring (8) is pushed into the groove in the oil scraper
(6) and tightened. The bolt must be secured against turning by applying LOCTITE.

-5-
Rev.07.02.13
5

- PLUMMER BLOCK and TUNNEL BEARING


Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Page - 5-

Please note that for existing cooling coil (34) a torque of MA ≤ 70Nm for screw
connection has to be ensured. The pipeline must be free of tension and low vibration be
using appropriate fittings.

Following this, the mating face for the cover with oil box (9) at the bearing upper part (2)
must be coated with HYLOMAR. The cover must be inserted in the inspection port so
that the oil scraper (6) is guided laterally by the oil box. The cover with the oil box (9) is
then secured to the upper bearing part (2) with the screws (134, 156).

Following the final inspection, the bearing is filled with oil through the oil inlet up to the
upper mark on the dip stick (78). The inlet is closed with the plug (44).

Any brand of mineral oil with low foaming and good ageing resistance properties may
be used. The effort of hydraulic oil is to be avoided.

The oil viscosity to be used is stated on page 1.

3. Commissioning

During the test run, the bearing temperature (see page 1 for mean operating
temperature) and the oil level are to be monitored.
If required, oil must be topped up during operation to keep the level up to the mark.

The position of the oil scraper has to be checked

Immediately after the test run, the bearing load must be checked by weighing.
Weighing factors for a height correction of the bearing can be taken from the calculation
of the shaft deflection curve.
Temperature sensors on the bearing shell show an operating temperature
approximately 10 degrees above the thermometer reading in the oil chamber.

4. Maintenance

The first oil change must be carried out not later than 2000 operating hours.
Further oil changes should be made every 4000 to 5000 operating hours.
Apart from this, oil should be topped up as required.

5. Running faults

Running faults are generally indicated by an increase of the operating temperature. In


this case, the shaft speed should be immediately reduced and the shaft line cooled in
the bearing area with air.

-6-
Rev.07.02.13
6

- PLUMMER BLOCK and TUNNEL BEARING


Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Page - 6-

6. Dismantling
First the cover with the oil box (9, 134, 156) and the bolts (125, 7, 8) have to be
dismantled.
After taking out the oil scraper (6), removing the joint bolts (13, 15) and the parallel pins
(14, 22, 23), the upper casing (2) may be carefully lifted off.

On a Plummer Block, the upper bearing shell (4) and the upper casing of the bearing
(2) are lifted off in one piece, as both parts are bolted together with the screws (29, 30).
The split oil ring (5) can be taken out after the fastening elements (19, 20, 21, 139) have
been removed.
To take out the splash rings (183) the draw springs (159) have to be unscrewed.
Before dismantling the lower bearing shell, the shaft should be slightly raised, allowing
the shell to be rotated around the shaft and lifted off.

On a Tunnel Bearing, the lower bearing shell (3) is connected to the lower bearing part
(1) with the screws (29, 30).

CAUTION: With bearings that have a temperature sensor fitted to their bearing shell
(3), the temperature sensor must be removed before taking out the
bearing shell.

Assembly is in reverse order.

With bearing shells having bores for a temperature sensor, care must be taken to
ensure a correct installation.

CAUTION: It is strongly recommended to bond the cut faces of the splash ring
to ensure ZERO GAP. Itmust be made absolutely sure that there is
also ZERO GAP between shaft and splash ring (under the splash ring
near the cut faces). If there is a gap, glue the splash ring with
Cyanacrylat. If ZERO GAP is achievable without bonding, it is also
sufficient.

7. Foundation for Bearings with central Support

Once the height of the lower bearing part has been adjusted as described in paragraph
2, the centre liners must be fitted first.
Next, the load acting on the adjusting screws (64) has to be reduced, and after an
additional checking of the lateral play the foundation work should be continued as
described in paragraph 2.

-7-
Rev.07.02.13
7

- PLUMMER BLOCK and TUNNEL BEARING


Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Page - 7-

8. Cutting the splash ring (183)


Measurement of the splash ring length

Place the splash ring


(183) around the
shaft so that there is
no clearance
between splash ring
and shaft. Mark the
splash ring butt end.

CAUTION: It is strongly recommended to bond the cut faces of the splash ring
to ensure ZERO GAP. It must be made absolutely sure that there is
also ZERO GAP between shaft and splash ring (under the splash ring
near the cut faces). If there is a gap, glue the splash ring with
Cyanacrylat.. If ZERO GAP is achievable without bonding, it is also
sufficient.

Cutting the splash ring

Fix the splash ring for cutting. Take a suitable knife. For getting a better cut moisten the
blade with water. Cut the splash ring at the marked parting line.

CAUTION: Use the knife only as shown below.

-8-
Rev.07.02.13
8

- PLUMMER BLOCK and TUNNEL BEARING


Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Page - 8-

9. Connection of resistance thermometers


The resistance thermometers PT100 used by BVI, for ship operation only, measure the
temperature at the lower bearing shell of the shaft bearings and at the sterntube
bushes.
The measuring principle of the resistance thermometer is based on the temperature
dependent resistance change of metal filaments. The resistance thermometers have a
very high accuracy within a temperature range of -50 °C to +200°C. The measuring
result is influenced by the connecting wire resistance and / or by the type of circuit.

The application of the three-wire circuit (BVI Standard) allows measurements over
longer distances and leads to a reduction of temperature influence in the input wire. The
actual error is generally small and can be neglected.

Three-wire circuit (BVI standard)

red red black


black
red

Wiring diagram red

black

Sensor
Not BVI
PT 100 supply

red
red

Three-wire as two-wire circuit

red black black

Sensor Circuit
PT 100 resistance
red red The measured inside
resistance must be
red calibrated / compensated
in the data display terminal

bridge black
red red black
black

bridge
red

red red

red black red red

Red / black bridged = short circuit error Red / red bridged = wrong wire resistance

-9-
Rev.07.02.13
9

- PLUMMER BLOCK and TUNNEL BEARING


Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Page - 9-

Four-wire circuit 2 x Two-wire circuit

black
black black black red
black Sensor
PT 100
black
red
Sensor
PT 100
blue
red blue yellow
red red Sensor
red PT 100

yellow

No wire equilibration necessary

Test measurement for resistance thermometer PT100 (3-wire circuit)


(Test only after 2 hours in ambient temperature )
Example at 20°C ambient temperature Example at 25°C ambient temperature

black black
Measurement 1 Measurement 1
Sensor Resistance at 20°C Sensor Resistance at 25°C
PT 100 approx. 112,70 Ohm PT 100 approx. 113,90 Ohm
red red
Measurement 2 Measurement 2
red Resistance at 20°C red Resistance at 25°C
approx. 4,91 Ohm approx. 4,17 Ohm

For example: For example:


Measurement 1 112,70 Ohm Measurement 1 113,90 Ohm
Measurement 2 4,91 Ohm Measurement 2 4,17 Ohm
---------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
= 107,79 Ohm = 109,73 Ohm
============= =============

See calibration table : 20°C = 107,79 Ohm See calibration table: 25°C = 109,73 Ohm

20°C 25°C
Calibration Table DIN IEC 751 (Extract)
°C 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 100,00 100,39 100,78 101,17 101,56 101,95 102,34 102,73 103,12 103,51
10 103,90 104,29 104,68 105,07 105,46 105,85 106,24 106,63 107,02 107,40
>>> 20 107,79 108,18 108,57 108,96 109,35 109,73 110,12 110,51 110,90 111,28
30 111,67 112,06 112,45 112,83 113,22 113,60 113,99 114,38 114,77 115,15
40 115,54 115,93 116,31 116,70 117,08 117,47 117,85 118,24 118,62 119,01
50 119,40 119,78 120,16 120,55 120,93 121,32 121,70 122,09 122,47 122,86
60 123,24 123,62 124,01 124,39 124,77 125,16 125,54 125,92 126,31 126,69
70 127,07 127,45 127,84 128,22 128,60 128,98 129,37 129,75 130,13 130,51
80 130,89 131,27 131,66 132,04 132,42 132,80 133,18 133,56 133,94 134,32
90 134,70 135,08 135,46 135,84 136,22 136,60 136,98 137,36 137,74 138,12

-10-
Rev.07.02.13
10

- PLUMMER BLOCK and TUNNEL BEARING


Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Page - 10-

Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Fault Action
Measuring value or indication - Broken wire - Renew wire
permanent „infinite“ - Broken measuring - Replace measuring
resistance insert unit
- Loose connection - Tighten terminals
Temperature indication - Power supply not constant - Voltage or power
irregular supply to be kept
constant
- Loose connection - Tighten terminals
Measuring value or indication - Short-circuit in the input - Renew cable
permanent „zero“ wire
- Short-circuit in the - Replace measuring
measuring resistance. insert unit
- Loose connection - Tighten terminals
Indicating error when using - Internal resistance not - Compensate internal
three-wire as a two-wire circuit equalized resistance
Indicating error - Terminal wrong - Check terminals
- wire broken - Renew wire

Note: Care must be taken that the bending radius is not smaller than 10 mm.

Rev.07.02.13
Einzelteilliste / PARTS LIST

450
Einzelteilliste / PARTS LIST

450
Einzelteilliste / PARTS LIST

450
Einzelteilliste / PARTS LIST

450
LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

LUBRICATION OIL LIST FOR STERN TUBE SEALS

The SIMPLEX-COMPACT seal is fitted with sealing rings of NBR ( Perbunan ) or


FKM ( Viton ) depending on the operating conditions.

The following list is an recommendation list regarding stern tube seals only. It is
inapplicable to the behaviour with regards to gears, clutches, roller bearings or
other components of the propulsion system.

The technical data has been provided by the oil companies.

The suitable sealing ring material is given for every oil listed and marked
correspondingly " x ".

Oils marked with " * " have to be used in consultation with Blohm + Voss
Industries only due to restriction in application.

Oils marked with " ** " are, in particular, environmentally friendly lubricants. The
usage is currently limited, therefore the oils should be used in consultation with
Blohm + Voss Industries only.

We ask to inform us if oils / lubricants which are not listed are to be used. We
shall test these lubricants accordingly.

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 1 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

Visc.
for use with SAE General use:
cSt. 40°C
LUBRICATION OIL LIST

Hydraulic Oil
FKM (Viton)
(Perbunan)

Engine Oil
Product Name

Gear Oil

Bio Oil

Other
NBR
Agip
Acer 100 x x 100 x x
Blasia 100 x x 100 x
Cladium 120 SAE30 x x 30 108 x
Cladium 400 SAE30 x 30 108 x
Cladium 400 SAE40 x 40 160 x
Cladium 50 SAE30 x 30 108 x
Ote 68 x 64 x x
Ote 80 x 80 x x

BP
Bartran 320 x 318 x
Bartran 460 x 460 x
Bartran HV 68 x x 66 x
Bartran HV 100 x x x
Energol DL-MP 30 x x 30 110 x
Energol DL-MP 40 x x 40 148 x
Energol DS 3-153 x x 30 110 x
Energol DS 3-154 x x 40 148 x
Energol GR-XP 68 x x 68 x
Energol GR-XP 100 x x 100 x
Energol GR-XP 150 x x 150 x
Energol GR-XP 220 x x 220 x
Energol GR-XP 320 x x 320 x
Energol GR-XP 680 x x 680 x
Energol HLP 46 x x 46 x
Energol HLP 68 x x 69 x
Energol HLP 100 x x 96 x
Energol THB 68 x x 68 x
Energol THB 100 x x 96 x
Energol IC-HFX 203 x x 30 102 x
Energol IC-HFX 204 x x 40 138 x
Energol IC-HFX 303 x x 30 110 x
Energol IC-HFX 304 x x 40 148 x
Energol IC-HFX 403 x x 30 110 x
Energol IC-HFX 404 x x 40 148 x

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 2 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

Visc.
for use with SAE General use:
cSt. 40°C
LUBRICATION OIL LIST

Hydraulic Oil
FKM (Viton)
(Perbunan)

Engine Oil
Product Name

Gear Oil

Bio Oil

Other
NBR
Energol IC-HFX 504 x x 30 148 x
Energol OE-HT 30 x x 30 110 x
Energol SHF HV 68 x x 68 x

Caltex ( Chevron Corp. )


Meropa 100 x x 100 x
Meropa Lubricant 150 x x 150 x
Regal Marine 77 x x 77 x
Regal Oil R&O 100 x x 96 x
Regal Oil R&O 68 x x 66 x
RPM Delo 100 Oil 20-20W x x 20/20W 61 x
RPM Delo 100 Oil 30 x x 30 94 x
RPM Delo 300 Oil 20-20W x x 20/20W 60 x
RPM Delo 300 Oil 30 x x 30 97 x
Delo 1000 Marine Oil 30 x x 30 110 x
Delo 2000 Marine Oil 30 x x 30 102 x
Delo 3000 Marine Oil 30 x x 30 107 x
Delo 3000 Marine Oil 40 x x 40 152 x

Castrol
215 MX Super x x 30 103 x
220 MX Super x x 40 136 x
Alpha SP 68 x x 68 x
Alpha SP 100 x x 100 x
Alpha SP 150 x x 150 x
Alpha SP 220 x x 220 x
Alpha SP 320 x x 320 x
Alpha ZN 100 x x 100 x
Alpha ZN 150 x x 150 x
Alpha ZN 68 x x 68 x
Coral 2 * (Emergency oil) x x 222 x
Hyspin AWH - M 68 x x 68 x
Hyspin AWH - M100 x x 100 x
Castrol CDX 30 x x 30 103 x
Marine MLC 30 x x 30 107 x

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 3 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

Visc.
for use with SAE General use:
cSt. 40°C
LUBRICATION OIL LIST

Hydraulic Oil
FKM (Viton)
(Perbunan)

Engine Oil
Product Name

Gear Oil

Bio Oil

Other
NBR
Marine MLC 40 x 40 139 x
Castrol MPX 30 x x 30 103 x
Nato 0-274 x x 30 101 x
Perfecto T 68 x x 68 x
Perfecto T 100 x x 96 x
RX Super 30 x x 30 108 x
MHP 153 x x 30 102 x
MHP 154 x x 40 136 x
TLX Plus 203 x x 30 102 x
TLX Plus 204 x x 40 140 x
TLX Plus 303 x x 30 103 x
TLX Plus 304 x x 40 139 x
TLX Plus 403 x x 30 103 x
TLX Plus 404 x x 40 139 x
TLX Plus 504 x x 40 139 x
TLX Plus 554 x x 40 139 x
HLX 30 x x 30 100 x
BioStat 100 ** x 100 x

Chevron ( FAMM distribution )


Delo 1000 Marine 30 x x 30 94 x
Delo 1000 Marine 40 x x 40 135 x
Delo 2000 Marine Oil x x 30 106 x
Delo 3000 Marine Oil x x 30 104 x
Gear Compound EP 100 x x 100 x
Gear Compound EP 150 x x 150 x
Mechanism LPS 46 x 46 x
Mechanism LPS 68 x x 68 x
Turbine Oil GST 100 x x 100 x
Turbine Oil GST 68 x x 68 x
Veritas 800 Marine 30 x x 30 114 x
Pinnacle Marine Gear 220 x 220 x
Taro 20 DP 30X x x 30 x
Taro 20 DP 40X x x 40 x
Taro 30 DP 30X x x 30 x
Taro 30 DP 40X x x 40 x

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 4 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

Visc.
for use with SAE General use:
cSt. 40°C
LUBRICATION OIL LIST

Hydraulic Oil
FKM (Viton)
(Perbunan)

Engine Oil
Product Name

Gear Oil

Bio Oil

Other
NBR
Taro 40 XL 40X x x 40 x
Taro 50 XL 40X x x 40 x

ExxonMobil ( ex Esso and Mobil Oil )


Essolube X 3 SAE 30 x x 30 103 x
Essolube X 3 SAE40 x x 40 149 x
Exxmar 12 TP 30 x x 30 110 x
Exxmar 12 TP 40 x x 40 146 x
Exxmar 30 TP 30 x x 30 110 x
Exxmar 30 TP 40 x x 40 146 x
Exxmar XA x x 30 110 x
Nuto H 68 x x 68 x
Spartan EP 100 x x 100 x
Spartan EP 150 x x 150 x
Spartan EP 220 x x 220 x
Spartan EP 320 x 320 x
Stermar 220 x 220 x
Teresstic 32 x x 32 x
Teresstic 68 x x 68 x
UNIVIS N 100 x x 100 98 x
Mobil Delvac 1330 x x 30 106 x
Mobil Delvac 1340 x x 40 145 x
Mobil Delvac 1630 x x 30 90 x
Mobil Delvac 1640 x x 40 132 x
Mobil Delvac MX15W-40 x x 123 x
Mobil DTE 15M x x 46 x
Mobil DTE 16M x x 68 x
Mobil DTE 18M x x 100 x
Mobil DTE 19M x x 150 x
Mobil DTE Oil Extra Heavy x x 146 x
Mobil DTE Oil Heavy x x 95 x
Mobil DTE Oil Heavy Medium x x 65 x
Mobil DTE Oil BB x x 50 218 x
Mobil DTE 10 Excel 46 x x 46 x
Mobil DTE 10 Excel 68 x x 68 x
Mobil DTE 10 Excel 100 x x 100 x

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 5 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

Visc.
for use with SAE General use:
cSt. 40°C
LUBRICATION OIL LIST

Hydraulic Oil
FKM (Viton)
(Perbunan)

Engine Oil
Product Name

Gear Oil

Bio Oil

Other
NBR
Mobil DTE 10 Excel 150 x x 150 x
Mobilgard M50 x x 40 142 x
Mobilgard 300 x x 30 111 x
Mobilgard 312 x x 30 108 x
Mobilgard 340 x x 30 106 x
Mobilgard 412 x x 40 142 x
Mobilgard M 440 x x 40 143 x
Mobilgard M 430 x x 30 143 x
Mobilgard M 330 x x 30 112 x
Mobilgard 570 x x 50 229 x
Mobilgard ADL 40 x x 40 141 x
Mobil Sterntube Lubricant * (Emerg. oil) x 385 x
Mobilgear 626 x x 68 x
Mobilgear 627 x x 100 x
Mobilgear 627 x x 100 x
Mobilgear 629 x x 150 x
Mobilgear 630 x x 220 x
Mobilgear 600 XP 68 x x 68 x
Mobilgear 600 XP 100 x x 100 x
Mobilgear 600 XP 150 x x 150 x
Mobilgear 600 XP 220 x x 220 x
Mobilgear 600 XP 320 x x 320 x
Mobilgear SHC XMP220 * x 220 x
Mobilgear SHC XMP320 * x 320 x
Mobil Vacuoline 528 x x 150 x

Fuchs Europe Schmierstoffe


Renolin CLP 220 * x x 220 x
Renolin CLP 320 * x x 320 x

Fuji Kosan
Fukkol AD Turbine 68 x x 68 x
Fukkol Hydrol X-100 x x 100 x
Fukkol Marine 312 x x 30 106 x
Fukkol Marine 320 x x 30 105 x

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 6 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

Visc.
for use with SAE General use:
cSt. 40°C
LUBRICATION OIL LIST

Hydraulic Oil
FKM (Viton)
(Perbunan)

Engine Oil
Product Name

Gear Oil

Bio Oil

Other
NBR
Fukkol SAE ACE 307 x x 30 107

General Sekiyu K.K.


See ExxonMobil Products

Gulf Oil Marine Ltd.


GulfSea SuperBear 3008 x x 30 x

Idemitsu
Daphne Super Gear Oil x x 150 x

Ina Maziva Rijeka Croatia


Gorgonela S 30 x x 30 106 x x x
Gorgonela S 40 x x 40 147 x x x
Rubella 30 x x 30 107 x x x
Rubella 40 x x 40 148 x x x
Sagartia 30 x x 30 106 x x x
Sagartia 40 x x 40 147 x x x
Turbo 32 x x 32 x
Turbo 46 x x 46 x

Irving Oil
Marine LSX 530 x x 30 103 x
Marine MTX 1230 x x 30 107 x
Marine MTX 1240 x 40 139 x
Marine MTX 2030 x x 30 100 x
Marine MTX 2040 x x 40 140 x
Marine MTX 3030 x x 30 103 x
Marine MTX 3040 x x 40 139 x
Marine MTX 4030 x x 30 103 x
Marine MTX 4040 x x 40 139 x
Marine MTX 5040 x x 40 139 x

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 7 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

Visc.
for use with SAE General use:
cSt. 40°C
LUBRICATION OIL LIST

Hydraulic Oil
FKM (Viton)
(Perbunan)

Engine Oil
Product Name

Gear Oil

Bio Oil

Other
NBR
Kendall Noviol b.v.
F-L Select Motor Oil x x 30 103 x
F-L Select Motor Oil 20W20 x x 20/W20 68,2 x
Kenoil R&O AW 68 x x 20/W20 67,6 x
Super-D III Series 3 Motor Oil x x 30 106,4 x

Kyodo Oil Co. / Japan Energy Corp.


See TOTAL LUBMARINE / INDUSTRIE

Klüber
Klübersynth GEM 4-320N * x 320 x
Klüberbio EG 2-100 ** x 100 x x
Klüberbio EG 2-150 ** x 150 x x
Klüberbio RM 2-100 ** x 100 x x
Klüberbio RM 2-150 ** x 150 x x

Lukoil
Lukoil Navigo TPEO 40/40 x x 40 x
Lukoil Navigo 6 SO x x 30 x

MAN Diesel & Turbo SE


PrimeServLube Bio P 1000 ** x 30 100 x x

NESTE
Vaihteisto 220 EP x x 220 x
Vaihteisto 320 EP x x 305 x

Nippon Oil Co.


Diamond Marine T 104 x 30 96 x
Diamond Marine T 203 A x 40 145 x
Diamond Marine T 303 A x x 30 95,5 x

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 8 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

Visc.
for use with SAE General use:
cSt. 40°C
LUBRICATION OIL LIST

Hydraulic Oil
FKM (Viton)
(Perbunan)

Engine Oil
Product Name

Gear Oil

Bio Oil

Other
NBR
Diamond Marine T 304 A x 40 141 x
MDL PS 30 (ren. Super MDL PS 30) x x 30 106
MDL HDS 30 (ren. Super MDL HDS 30) x x 30 109

Petrobras Distribuidora
Lubrax MD-300 SAE 30 x x 30 113 x
Lubrax MD-400 SAE 30 x x 30 111 x
Marbrax CAD-308 x x 30 103 x
Marbrax CAD-65-OF x x 30 114 x
Marbrax CCD-310 x x 30 109 x
Marbrax CCD-320 x x 30 109 x
Marbrax CCD-330 x x 30 114 x
Marbrax TR-86 x x 111 x
Marbrax HV-68 x x 68 x

Petro-Canada Lubricants
Duron 30 x x 30 x

Reginol
Gear Gl 1 x x 80 142 x
Hykraft 150 x x 137 x
Hykraft 68 x 20 64 x
Industrygear EP 100 x 99 x

Shell
Argina S 30 x 30 104 x
Argina S 40 x 40 139 x
Argina T 30 x x 30 104 x
Argina T 40 x x 40 139 x
Argina T 40 x x 40 139 x
Argina X 40 x x 40 146 x
Arginia XL 40 x x 40 139 x
Gadinia 30 x x 30 104 x

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 9 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

Visc.
for use with SAE General use:
cSt. 40°C
LUBRICATION OIL LIST

Hydraulic Oil
FKM (Viton)
(Perbunan)

Engine Oil
Product Name

Gear Oil

Bio Oil

Other
NBR
Gadinia 40 x x 40 139 x
Gadinia AL30 x x 30 101 x
Gadinia AL40 x x 40 138 x
Melina 30 x x 30 104 x
Melina 40 x x 40 145 x
Melina S 30 x x 30 104 x
Omala S2 G 68 (ren. Omala 68) x x 68 x
Omala S2 G 100 (ren. Omala 100) x x 100 x
Omala S2 G 150 (ren. Omala 150) x x 150 x
Omala S2 G 220 (ren. Omala 220) x x 220 x
Omala S2 G 320 (ren. Omala 320) x 320 x
Rimula R3+ SAE30 x x 30 118 x
Sirius 15W-40 x 40 101 x
Rimula X 15W-40 x x 40 105 x
Sirius X 30 x x 30 101 x
Sirius X 40 x x 40 139 x
Strombus MP * (Emergency oil) x 273 x
Tellus S2 M 100 (ren. Tellus 100) x x 100 x
Morlina S2 B 46 (ren. Morlina 46) x 46 x
Morlina S2 B 100 (ren. Morlina 100) x 100 x
Tellus S2 V 68 (ren. Tellus T 68) x x 68 x
Tellus S2 V 100 (ren. Tellus T 100) x x 100 x
Turbo T 46 x x 49 x
Turbo T 68 x x 63 x
Turbo T 78 x x 76 x
Vitrea 68 x x 68 x
Vitrea 100 x x 100 x
Vitrea 220 x 220 x

Showa Shell Sekiyu K.K.


See Shell Products

Statoil
Statoil Sternway 220 x 220 x
Statoil Loadway EP 150 x x 150 x

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 10 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

Visc.
for use with SAE General use:
cSt. 40°C
LUBRICATION OIL LIST

Hydraulic Oil
FKM (Viton)
(Perbunan)

Engine Oil
Product Name

Gear Oil

Bio Oil

Other
NBR
Statoil Loadway EP 100 x 100 x
Statoil Loadway Marine 68 x x 68 x
Statoil Loadway Marine 100 x x 100 x
Statoil Loadway Marine 150 x x 150 x
Statoil HydraWay HMA 68 x x 70 x
Statoil HydraWay HMA 100 x x 100 x
Statoil MarWay 1030 x x 106 x
Statoil MarWay 1040 x x 137 x
Statoil Sternway Bio 100 ** x 100 x x

Teboil
Teboil Ward L10T x x 30 110 x

Terrosolve
EnviroLogic 3068 ** x 68 x x
EnviroLogic 3100 ** x 100 x x

Texaco ( FAMM distribution )


Meropa 100 x x 95 x
Meropa 150 x 142 x
Meropa 220 x x 209 x
Meropa 320 x x 304 x
Meropa 460 x 437 x
Rando HD 68 x x 68 x
Regal R&O 100 x x 92 x
Regal R&O 68 x x 68 x
Taro 30 DP x x 30 99 x
Taro 40 DP x x 40 145 x
Taro 16 XD x x 40 139 x
Taro 40 XL x x 40 145 x
Ursa Oil ED 30 x x 30 97 x
Ursa Oil ED 40 x x 40 173 x
Ursa Super Plus 30 x x 30 102 x
Ursa Super Plus 40 x x 40 160 x

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 11 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

Visc.
for use with SAE General use:
cSt. 40°C
LUBRICATION OIL LIST

Hydraulic Oil
FKM (Viton)
(Perbunan)

Engine Oil
Product Name

Gear Oil

Bio Oil

Other
NBR
TOTAL LUBMARINE ( ex Elf Marine )
Atlanta Marine 30 x x 30 105 x
Atlanta Marine D 3005 x x 30 105 x
Aurelia TI 3030 x x 30 110 x
Aurelia TI 3040 x x 30 110 x
Aurelia TI 4030 x x 40 140 x
Aurelia TI 4040 x x 40 140 x
Aurelia TI 4055 x x 40 140 x
Aurelia XL 3030 x x 30 110 x
Aurelia XL 3040 x x 30 110 x
Aurelia XL 4030 x x 40 140 x
Aurelia XL 4040 x x 40 140 x
Bioneptan 100 ** x 100 x x
Disola M 3015 x x 30 110 x
Disola M 4015 x x 40 145 x
Disola M 3020 x x 30 110 x
Disola M 4020 x x 40 140 x
Disola MT 30 x x 30 110 x
Disola MT 40 x x 40 139 x
Preslia 100 (ren. Turbine T 100) x x 30 95 x
Preslia 68 (ren. Turbine T 68) x x 20 71 x
Epona Z 150 (ren. Elf Epona Z 150) x x 148 x

TOTAL INDUSTRIE
Rubia H 30 x x 30 100 x
Rubia H 40 x x 40 150 x
Rubia S 30 x x 30 100 x
Rubia S 40 x x 40 155 x
Biohydran TMP 100 ** x 100 x x

Vickers Leeds
BIOGEAR XP 68 ** x 68 x x
BIOGEAR XP 100 ** x 100 x x
ECOSURE SMX 68 ** x 68 x x
ECOSURE SMX 100 ** x 100 x x

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 12 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


LUBRICATION RECOMMENDATION

Chapter 195-3

Visc.
for use with SAE General use:
cSt. 40°C
LUBRICATION OIL LIST

Hydraulic Oil
FKM (Viton)
(Perbunan)

Engine Oil
Product Name

Gear Oil

Bio Oil

Other
NBR
Hydrox 21 (2024) * (Emergency oil) x 50 273 x
Hydrox 550 (2018) x x 20/30 70 x
Hydrox 8 EP (2019) x x 105 x
Hydrox EP 150 x 150 x
Hydrox Bio 68 ** x 20 68 x x
Hydrox Bio 100 ** x 30 100 x x
Hydrox Bio 220 ** x 50 220 x x

Wisura
Dimol HD x x 30 105 x
Panta SAE20 x x 20 60 x
Panta SAE30 x x 30 100 x
Panta SAE40 x x 40 145 x

Blohm + Voss Industries Page 13 / 13

E_195-3 Rev. 02/2012


Blohm + Voss Industries

Telefax
Please send back a copy of this completed INSTALLATION RECORD
(use one form per sterntube).

To: SIMPLEX Service Department (S243)


Fax Number +49 (40) 3011-1953
E-Mail [email protected]

From _________________ Date _________


Telephone _________________ Fax ________________
E-Mail _________________

INSTALLATION RECORD
Shipyard: ___________________ Ship Name: _______________
Hull: _________ BVI Order No.: KTR ___________

1. CHECK OF INSTALLATION AND TOLERANCES: AFT SEAL


Drawing No: ____________________ Serial No.:___________
Description According drawing Actual measurement
Aft seal, design length +/- mm mm
O: liner eccentricity at chamber II Against 0 mm mm
Wear down gauge reading (poker gauge read- Top: mm
ing) without copper washer Bottom: mm
Remark: The liner eccentricity to be measured with dial gauges. Max. values are given on
drawing 7-195-1260-000. “DIMENSIONS WITH TOLERANCES”

2. CHECK OF INSTALLATION AND TOLERANCES: FORWARD SEAL


Drawing No: ____________________ Serial No.: ___________
Description According drawing Actual measurement
Fwd seal, design length mm mm
N: deviation at liner flange mm mm
O: liner eccentricity near liner flange Against 0 mm mm
Remark: The liner eccentricity to be measured with dial gauges. Max. values are given on
drawing 7-195-1260-000. “DIMENSIONS WITH TOLERANCES”

The values are measured under the supervision of:

Sign Sign
Yard: _______________ Owner: _______________

___________________________ ___________________________
Name in CAPITAL LETTERS Name in CAPITAL LETTERS

Location: _______________ date: _______________

Rev.: 02/2013 7-195-1260-001_Installation-Record.doc


- SPARE PARTS AND
TECHNICAL SUPPORT

SPARE PARTS ORDERING

All parts / replacements shall be ordered from SKF Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH
by furnishing the following information:
 The information marked by * on the cover page of the delivered product
 Designation of the parts required **
 Pos.-No. of the parts required **
 Quantity of the parts required **

** See enclosed drawings / parts lists

Please use the following contacts: or one of our worldwide service stations:
SKF Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH (see enclosed leaflet)
Ship components spares / service
Department S 24
Hermann-Blohm-Straße 5
20457 Hamburg, Germany

Phone: +49 40 3011 – 0 extension see table


Fax: +49 40 3011 -1987 (seals)
Fax: +49 40 3011 -1937 (separators)
e-mail: [email protected]
web address: www.bv-industries.de

24 Hrs. Emergency Contact for Service + Spare Parts: +49 172 437 47 78

Product-
Department Extension
Range
Shaft- Quotations for spare parts -1195
components:
Commercial order-handling of orders for spare parts -1283
Seals,
Bearings, Delegating of technicians -2964
Sterntube-
Bushes, -1279
Guarantee handling and service, technical consulting and support
Flexitube -2395

Quotations for spare parts -2967


Commercial order-handling of orders for spare parts -1209
TURBULO
separators Delegating of technicians -2964
-1279
Guarantee handling and service, technical consulting and support
-2395

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


P.O. Box 11 22 89, D-20422 Hamburg

E_Spare Parts and Technical Support.doc Rev. : 28.10.2013


Sales Agents
for SIMPLEX and TURBULO PRODUCTS
and Service Stations for SIMPLEX Seals
Worldwide

Blohm + Voss Industries


Sales Agents – Worldwide
Africa (excl. Egypt) Croatia Hong Kong New Zealand Sweden
Maritime Propulsion Imex Marine d.o.o. Blohm + Voss Industries (China) Mitchell & Bailie Ltd. Simplex Turbulo System AB
Technologies Ltd. Dragonja No. 1 Ltd. P.O. Box 40-219 P.O. Box 2003
2 Withens Close 52100 Pula Room 715-737, Glenfield 445 02 Surte
Weaverham, Northwich Croatia 7/F Sun Hung Kai Centre, Auckland 1310 Sweden
Cheshire CW8 3DE Fax: +385-52-50 23 30 30 Harbour Road, Wanchai New Zealand Fax: +46-31-795 60 94
United Kingdom Tel.: +385-52-50 23 66 Hong Kong SAR Fax: +64-9-444 33 29 Tel.: +46-31-795 60 95
Fax: +44-1606-85 15 17 Mobile: +385-98-25 49 89 Fax: +852-25 41 21 71 Tel.: +64-9-444 94 22 Mobile: +46-70-778 10 31
Tel.: +44-1606-85 32 28 [email protected] Tel.: +852-31 81 78 30 Mobile: +64-27-475 94 35 +46-76-898 71 85
Mobile: +44-7879-84 38 98 [email protected] Contact: Anne Bailie [email protected]
[email protected] Cyprus www.bvi-marine.com.hk [email protected] www.simplexts.se
www.maritimepro.com M.I.E. Services Ltd. Alan Bailie
Contact: Andy Thomson The Hawk Building Iceland [email protected] Syria
124 Gladstonos Street Hedinn HF see Middle East
Argentina 3032 Limassol Gjáhella 4 Norway
Unión Técnica S.A. - NAUTA Cyprus 221 Hafnarfjördur Reed Olsen & Schytz A/S Taiwan
Laprida 623 Fax: +357-25-34 56 39 Iceland P.O.Box 15 - Lilleaker Soonex Co. Ltd.
1642 San Isidro/Buenos Aires Tel.: +357-25-88 99 99 Fax: +354-569 21 01 0216 Oslo 10F, No. 57, Sect. 2,
Rep. Argentina [email protected] Tel.: +354-569 21 00 Norway Tun Hwa South Road
Fax: +54-11-47 42 80 47 www.miegroup.com.cy [email protected] Fax: +47-22 13 30 31 Taipei 10681
Tel.: +54-11-47 43 88 02 Contact: Michael Ajini Tel.: +47-22 13 30 30 Taiwan, R.O.C.
[email protected] India Mobile: +47-90 09 00 69 Fax: +886-2-27 01 01 57
Contact: Steen Lienhard Denmark Indonesia [email protected] Tel.: +886-2-27 07 01 37
Ulf Lienhard A.C. Lemvigh-Müller see Singapore www.ros.no [email protected]
Hans Dyrzka Kronprinsessegade 26 Contact: Mr. Ivar J. Flinder [email protected]
1306 Copenhagen K. Iran
Australia Denmark Oman Thailand
Dutton Services (Pty.) Ltd. Fax: +45-33 11 95 97
Iraq see Middle East see Singapore
P.O.Box 119 Tel.: +45-33 11 05 32 see Middle East
Melton, Victoria, 3337 Mobile: +45-21 26 15 52 Pakistan Turkey
Australia [email protected]
Israel see Singapore Izer Denizcilik Ve Gemi San.
Fax: +61-387 46 54 49 www.aclm.dk see Cyprus Dis. Tic. Ltd.
Tel.: +61-433 89 82 39 Peru Evliyacelebi Mahallesi,
[email protected] Ecuador Italy see USA Istasyon Caddesi,
Contact: David Dutton see USA Teknomec S.R.L. Giptas Sanayi Sitesi
Via Terenzio 35 Philippines D blok No: 24
Bahama Islands Egypt 00193 Rome see Singapore 34944 Tuzla Istanbul
see USA MEMCO Italy Turkey
Modern Engineering & Marine Co. Fax: +39-06-68 89 99 23 Portugal Fax: +90-216-446 87 22
Bahrain 12, El Karamalli St. Tel.: +39-06-68 89 99 1
Cogema Comércio Geral Tel.: +90-216-446 87 31
see Middle East Sidi Gaber - Alexandria [email protected] [email protected]
de Máquinas, Limitada
Egypt Avenida de Sidónio Pais 28-4 DRT. www.izerdenizcilik.com.tr
Bangladesh Fax: +20-3-545 06 55
Japan After office hours:
1050-215 Lisbon
see Singapore Tel.: +20-3-545 45 02 Bollfilter Japan Ltd. Portugal Tel.: +90-533-249 22 82
+20-3-542 32 76 Toroa Kobe Bldg. 7F Fax: +351-21-355 74 98 Contact: Hasan Izer
Belgium [email protected] 4-2-14, Hachiman-dori Tel.: +351-21-355 68 43
see Netherlands [email protected] Chuo-ku, Kobe 651-0085 +351-21-314 01 62 United Arab Emirates
[email protected] Japan [email protected] see Middle East
Bermuda Islands www.memco-alex.com Fax: +81-78-242 85 15 www.cogema.pai.pt
Contact: Mrs. Essmat Yacoub Tel.: +81-78-242 85 50 United Kingdom
see USA
Mr. Ahmed Yacoub [email protected] Qatar Simplex-Turbulo Co. Ltd.
Brazil www.bollfilter.jp Wherwell Priory
see Middle East
Metalock Brasil Ltda. Finland Wherwell Nr. Andover
ATP-Trading Oy
Jordan Romania Andover, Hampshire SP11 7JH
Rua da Gamboa 281
PL 77 see Middle East United Kingdom
20220-321 Rio de Janeiro RJ Danube Rainbow S.R.L.
Brazil 00931 Helsinki Marine Equipment & Ship Systems Fax: +44-1264-86 01 80
Finland
Korea Tel.: +44-1264-86 01 86
Fax: +55-21-25 16 55 62 27, Alexandru Cernat Street
Tel.: +55-21-25 16 55 61 Fax: +358-9-325 08 83 Blohm + Voss (Korea) Ltd. 800087 Galati [email protected]
Mobile: +55-21-78 34 52 86 Tel.: +358-9-325 00 55 Room 1812, Ocean Tower Romania www.simplexturbulo.com
[email protected] Mobile: +358-400-70 10 56 760-3, U-dong Tel./Fax: +40-236-46 39 58 After office hours:
Contact: Capt. Fabio Ruiz [email protected] Haeundae-gu Mobile: +40-722-64 07 97 Tel.: +44-1264-86 01 77
www.atp-trading.fi 612-020 Pusan [email protected] Mobile: +44-7917-12 84 74
Brunei Republic of Korea Contact: Victor Ionita
see Singapore France Fax: +82-51-740 57 04/5/6 USA
Equimer-Folliard Tel.: +82-51-740 57 01/2/3 Russia Simplex Americas LLC
Bulgaria 30, Av. Amiral Lemonnier [email protected] 20 Bartles Corner Road
Ost-West Marine Service L.L.C.
Morgan Ltd. 78160 Marly-le Roi 10/2 Dvinskaya Street 4th floor Flemington,
France
Kuwait 08822 New Jersey
29A, Michael Koloni Str. 198035 St. Petersburg
9000 Varna Fax: +33-1-39 16 31 94 Lebanon Russian Federation USA
Bulgaria Tel.: +33-1-39 16 35 80 Libya Fax: +7-812-324 57 27 Fax: +1-908-237 95 03
Fax: +359-52-60 19 05 [email protected] see Middle East Tel.: +7-812-324 57 00 Tel.: +1-908-237 90 99
Tel.: +359-52-63 12 22 [email protected] 24/7/365 Mobile: +1-908-581
+359-52-61 57 09 Germany Malaysia www.owms.ru 09 00
Mobile: +359-888-21 58 31 Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH see Singapore [email protected]
+359-888-20 13 43 Hermann-Blohm-Str. 5 Saudi Arabia www.simplexamericas.com
[email protected] 20457 Hamburg Mexico see Middle East Houston office:
www.morganbg.com Germany see USA Tel.: +1-908-500 28 11
Contact: Emil Petrov Fax: +49-40-30 11-19 07 Singapore [email protected]
+49-40-30 11-19 50 Middle East (excl. Egypt) Blohm + Voss Industries
Canada +49-40-30 11-19 24 M.I.E. (Overseas) Ltd. Singapore Pte Ltd. Venezuela
see USA Tel.: +49-40-30 11-26 46 via M.I.E. Services Ltd. 33, Benoi Street, Pioneer Lot see USA
[email protected] Fax: +357-25-34 66 26 627784 Singapore
Caribbean Countries www.bv-industries.com Tel.: +357-25-88 99 00 Singapore Vietnam
see USA [email protected] Fax: +65-66 86 33 43 see Singapore
Greece Tel.: +65-66 86 33 73
Central America M.I.E. Company Limited Myanmar [email protected] Yemen
Chile Kanari 1 see Singapore www.bv-industries.com see Middle East
Piraeus 185 37
Colombia Greece Spain
see USA
Netherlands
Fax: +30-210-453 92 34 Pasch y Cia S.A.
B.V. Technisch Bureau
Tel.: +30-210-418 53 01 Capitán Haya, 9
China Uittenbogaart
+30-210-459 88 00 28020 Madrid
Blohm + Voss Industries Brugwachter 13-15
[email protected] Spain
(Shanghai) Ltd. 3034 KD Rotterdam
www.miegroup.com.cy Fax: +34-91-555 13 41
Room 2301, Shartex Plaza Netherlands
Contact: Nicholas Kolliarakis Tel.: +34-91-598 37 60
No. 88 South Zunyi Road Fax: +31-10-414 10 04
Tel.: +31-10-411 46 14 [email protected]
200336 Shanghai www.pasch.es
P.R. China Mobile: +31-6-54 74 80 81
[email protected]
Fax: +86-21 60 37 07 68
www.tbu.nl Sri Lanka
Tel.: +86-21 60 37 07 60 see Singapore
[email protected] Contact: H.F. Uittenbogaart
www.bvi-marine.com

Headquarters Sales Agents Service Stations


Service Stations
Argentina Cyprus Iceland New Zealand Tunisia
Cromwell & Cie. S.A. M.I.E. Services Ltd. Hedinn HF Mitchell & Bailie Ltd. CMR
California 733 The Hawk Building Gjáhella 4 P.O. Box 40-219 Compagnie Mediterraneenne
1168 Buenos Aires 124 Gladstonos Street 221 Hafnarfjördur Glenfield de Reparation Tunisie
Rep. Argentina 3032 Limassol Iceland Auckland 1310 P.O. Box 10
Fax: +54-11-43 02 80 16 Cyprus Fax: +354-569 21 01 New Zealand 7050 Menzel Bourguiba
+54-11-43 02 74 07 Fax: +357-25-34 66 26 Tel.: +354-569 21 00 Fax: +64-9-444 33 29 Tunisia
Tel.: +54-11-43 01-41 24 Tel.: +357-25-89 99 00 [email protected] Tel.: +64-9-444 94 22 Fax: +216-72 41 83 54
+54-11-43 01-41 25 [email protected] Mobile: +64-27-475 94 35 Tel.: +216-72 41 85 90
+54-11-43 01-50 69 www.miegroup.com.cy Italy Contact: Anne Bailie [email protected]
+54-11-43 01-06 02 Contact: Mr. Michael Ajini Jobson Italia Srl [email protected] Contact: Mr. Touhami Ben Gaied
Mobile: +54-911-44 15 47 94 VAT IT 00961480118 Alan Bailie
+54-911-49 17 71 91 Estonia via delle Pianazze 150A [email protected] United Arab Emirates
[email protected] Nordsafe Oü 19136 La Spezia (SP) Dubai Drydocks
www.cromwell.com.ar Toom-Kooli 7 Italia Portugal P.O. Box 8988
Contact: F. Orti 10130 Tallinn Fax: +39-018-798 41 96 Lisnave Estaleiros Navais, S.A. Dubai
Estonia Tel.: +39-018-798 42 01 Mitrena Yard United Arab Emirates
Australia Fax: +372-627 06 95 [email protected] P.O. Box 135 Fax: +971-43 45 01 16
Dutton Services (Pty.) Ltd. Mobile: +372-56 93 50 10 www.jobsonitalia.com 2901-901 Setubal +971-43 45 13 57
P.O.Box 119 [email protected] Portugal Tel.: +971-43 45 13 53
Melton, Victoria, 3337 andrei.shalov@nordsafe- Japan Fax: +351-265 71 92 21 +971-43 45 06 26
Australia engineering.com Bollfilter Japan Ltd. Tel.: +351-265 79 91 00 [email protected]
Fax: +61-387 46 54 49 www.nordsafe-engineering.com Toroa Kobe Bldg. 7F [email protected] www.drydocks.gov.ae
Tel.: +61-433 89 82 39 Contact: Andrei Shalov 4-2-14, Hachiman-dori
[email protected] Chuo-ku, Kobe 651-0085 Russia United Kingdom
Contact: David Dutton France Japan Ost-West Marine Service L.L.C. Simplex-Turbulo Co. Ltd.
Sobrena Fax: +81-78-242 85 15 10/2 ul. Dvinskaya, 4th floor Wherwell Priory
Bahrain Société Bretonne de Réparations Tel.: +81-78-242 85 50 198035 St. Petersburg Wherwell Nr. Andover
Arab Shipbuilding and Repair Navale [email protected] Russian Federation Hampshire SP11 7JH
Yard Co. (ASRY) Port de Commerce www.bollfilter.jp Fax: +7-812-324 57 27 United Kingdom
P.O. Box 50110 Rue Emile de Carcaradec Tel.: +7-812-324 57 00/08 Fax: +44-1264-86 01 80
Hidd B.P. 31 122 Korea [email protected] Tel.: +44-1264-86 01 86
Kingdom of Bahrain 29211 Brest Cedex 1 Blohm + Voss (Korea) Ltd. www.owms.ru [email protected]
Fax: +973-17 67 02 36 France Room 1812, Ocean Tower www.simplexturbulo.com
Tel.: +973-17 67 11 11 Fax: +33-2-98 44 47 22 760-3, U-1 dong Singapore After office hours:
[email protected] Tel.: +33-2-98 43 43 43 Haeundae-gu Blohm + Voss Industries Tel.: +44-1264-86 01 77
[email protected] [email protected] 612-726 Pusan Singapore Pte Ltd.
www.asry.net www.sobrena.com Republic of Korea 33, Benoi Street, Pioneer Lot USA
Service/after office hours: Fax: +82-51-740 57 04 627784 Singapore Simplex Americas LLC
Equimer Singapore
Tel.: +973-39 45 68 77 30, Av. Amiral Lemonnier Tel.: +82-51-740 57 01/2/3 20 Bartles Corner Road
Contact: Mr. Firmino R. Martins [email protected] Fax: +65-66 86 33 43 Flemington,
78160 Marly-Le-Roi Tel.: +65-66 86 33 73
France Sales/after office hours: New Jersey 08822
Brazil Fax: +33 1 39 16 31 94 Sales dept: Mr. Dohyun Bae [email protected] USA
Metalock Brasil Ltda. Mobile: +82-10-90 01-30 25 www.bv-industries.com Fax: +1-908-237 95 03
Tel.: +33 1 39 16 35 80 Service/after office hours:
Rua Visconte do Rio Branco, [email protected] After sales dept: Mr. Jaesig Seo Tel.: +1-908-237 90 99
20/26 Mobile: +82-10-89 12-57 07 Mary Lim (Logistics) 24/7/365
Contact: Mrs. Dominique Mobile: +65-98 20 78 78
11013-030 Santos City Lefebvre (sales) Mobile: +1-908-581 09 00
Brazil Mr. Thibault de Fouchier
Malta Jeffree Wang (Servicing) [email protected]
Fax: +55-13 32 26 56 80 Palumbo Malta Shipyard Ltd. Mobile: +65-96 27 44 19 www.simplexamericas.com
(servicing) Tan Hung Bak (Sales)
Tel.: +55-13 32 26 46 86 The Docks, Ghajin Dwieli Road
Mobile: +55-13 78 04 49 77 Germany PLA 9056 Malta Mobile: +65-96 23 59 79 Worldwide limited to
[email protected] Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH Fax: +356-21 82 40 27
South Africa Underwater Service
www.metalock.com.br Hermann-Blohm-Str. 5 Tel.: +356-23 96 00 00 SubSea Solutions Alliance
Contact: Paul Barton (Operator) Dormac Marine & Engineering
20457 Hamburg Miami Diver LLC
Jim Marshall [email protected] 1 Belfast Road
Germany 2994 North Miami Avenue
www.palumbo.it Bayhead
Fax: +49-40-319 61 89 Miami, Florida 33127
Chile +49-40-30 11-1987
Durban
USA
ASMAR Shipbuilding and +49-40-30 11-1953
Middle East Republic of South Africa
Office Tel.: +1-305-571-97 00
Docking Co. M.I.E. (Overseas) Ltd. Fax: +27-31-205 89 41
Tel.: +49-40-30 11-0 24 hour Tel.: +1-305-571-97 00
Base Naval The Hawk Building +27-31-205 88 12
Mobile: +49-172-437 47 78 [email protected]
P.O. Box 104 124 Gladstonos Street +27-31-205 50 27
[email protected] [email protected]
Talcahuano 3032 Limassol Tel.: +27-31-274 15 00
www.bv-industries.com [email protected] Global Business Development
Chile Cyprus
www.dormac.net and Sales
Fax: +56-412-74 40 01 Greece Fax: +357-25-34 66 26
Rick Shilling
+56-412-74 41 23 M.I.E. Company Limited Tel.: +357-25-88 98 00 Hesper Engineering (Pty.) Ltd.
Tel.: +56-412-74 43 38 Tel.: +1-914-826-00 45
Kanari 1 A division of Novatech (Pty.) Ltd.
[email protected] Netherlands [email protected]
Piraeus 185 37 Verbena Street
Service/after office hours: Greece B.V. Technisch Bureau 7420 Paarden Eiland, Cape Town
Luis Terrazza Fax: +30-210-453 92 34 Uittenbogaart Republic of South Africa
Tel.: +56-412-74 43 38 Tel.: +30-210-459 88 00 Brugwachter 13-15 Fax: +27-21-510 43 00
Reinaldo Roepke R. [email protected] 3034 KD Rotterdam Tel.: +27-21-510 43 01
Tel.: +56-412-93 44 13 www.miegroup.com.cy The Netherlands [email protected]
Nelson Tobar M. Contact: Nicholas Kolliarakis Fax: +31-10-414 10 04 www.hesper.co.za
Tel.: +56-412-94 70 91 Tel.: +31-10-411 46 14
Hong Kong Mobile: +31-6 54 74 80 81 Spain
China [email protected] Pasch y Cia S.A.
Hongkong United Dockyards Ltd.
Blohm + Voss Industries Tytl 108 RP, Sai Tso Wan Road www.tbu.nl Capitán Haya, 9
(Shanghai) Ltd. Tsing Yi Island Contact: H.F. Uittenbogaart 28020 Madrid
Room 2301, Shartex Plaza New Territories Service/after office hours: Spain
No. 88 South Zunyi Road Hong Kong SAR Mobile: +31-6 53 20 99 03 Fax: +34-91-555 13 41
200336 Shanghai Fax: +852-24 33 01 80 Mr. N.F.W. Uittenbogaart Tel.: +34-91-598 37 60
P.R. China Tel.: +852-24 31 28 28 [email protected]
Fax: +86-21 60 37 07 68 Mobile: +852-91 92 80 07
Netherlands Antilles Service/after office hours:
Tel.: +86-21 60 37 07 60 [email protected] Curaçao Drydock Co. Inc. Mr. Juan Antonio Azpiazu
[email protected] Service/after office hours: Dokweg 1, Koningsplein Tel.: +34-650 90 61 54
www.bvi-marine.com Tel.: +582-2431 2606 P.O. Box 3012, Curaçao Pasch y Cía S.A.
Mr. Philip Leung Netherlands Antilles Campo Volantin, 24-3°
Croatia Tlx.: 1107, 1207, 3443 48007 Bilbao
Victor Servisi d.o.o. Hong Kong/Taiwan Fax: +599-9-736 55 80 Spain
Martinscica bb Chester’s Technoservices Tel.: +599-9-733 02 71/86/97 Fax: +34-94-413 26 62
51000 Rijeka PTE Ltd. Mobile: +599-9-560 32 24 Tel.: +34-94-413 26 60
Croatia 71 Toh Guan Road East +599-9-669 38 57 [email protected]
Contact: Stanko Milos, dipl. ing. #03-03, Tch Techcentre +599-9-510 30 29 Service/after office hours:
Technical Manager Singapore 608598 [email protected] Mr. Juan Maria Llosa
Fax: +385-51-21 72 29 Fax: +65-67 73 00 63 www.cdmnv.com Mobile: +34-649 948 217
Mobile: +385-98-23 25 11 Tel.: +65-67 79 00 60
[email protected] [email protected]
Netherlands Antilles Sweden
Vladimir Bruketa, dipl.ing. The Caribbean
Contact: Allan Goh (Director) Simplex Turbulo System AB
Managing Director Bramar Caribbean P.O. Box 2003
Fax: +385-51-21 72 29 Brandt Marine & Technical 445 02 Surte
Tel.: +385-51-40 55 97 Support (Caribbean), Inc. Sweden
Mobile: +385-98-39 42 70 74 Brakkeput Abao Fax: +46-31-795 60 94
[email protected] Curaçao, N.W.I. Tel.: +46-31-795 60 95
Tel./Fax: +599-9-767 43 36 Mobile: +46-70-778 10 31
Mobile: +599-9-510 19 83 +46-76-898 71 85
[email protected] [email protected]
www.bramarcaribbean.com www.simplexts.se
16. Issue Digital Version 8.2012

Blohm + Voss Industries GmbH


P.O. Box 11 22 89
20422 Hamburg, Germany
Phone: + 49 40 3011 - 2646
Fax: + 49 40 3011 - 1950
E-Mail: [email protected]
Internet:www.bv-industries.com

You might also like